ar_tn/tn_1KI.tsv

1	Reference	ID	Tags	SupportReference	Quote	Occurrence	Note
2	front:intro	h5yn				0	Introduction to 1 Kings Part 1: General Introduction Outline of 1 Kings David dies and Solomon begins to reign (1:1–2:46) Solomon reigns (3:1–11:43) Solomon becomes wise and wealthy (3:1–4:43) Solomon’s temple (5:1–8:66) Rise and fall of Solomon (9:1–11:43) The kingdom divides (12:1–14:31) Rehoboam succeeds Solomon (12:1–24) Jeroboam rules the northern kingdom of Israel (12:25–33) Ahijah prophesies against Jeroboam (13:1–14:20) Rehoboam’s end (14:21–31) Kings and events in Israel and Judah (15:1–22:53) Abijah and Asa in Judah (15:1–24) Nadab in Israel (15:25–32) Baasha in Israel (15:33–16:7) Elah in Israel (16:8–14) Zimri in Israel (16:15–22) Omri in Israel (16:23–28) Ahab in Israel (16:29–22:40) Jehoshaphat in Judah (22:41–50) Ahaziah in Israel (22:51–53) What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about? These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died. In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem (2 Kings 22–23). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked. The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C. How should the title of this book be translated? The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts What was the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings? These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed. Part 3: Important Translation Issues Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly? In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position. What does the king “did what was right (or evil) in the eyes of Yahweh” mean? The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh. What is the meaning of the term “Israel”? The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed his name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]]) Can I translate the Book of 1 Kings before I translate the Books of 1 and 2 Samuel? The Books of 1 and 2 Samuel should be translated before 1 Kings, since 1 Kings continues from where 2 Samuel ends.
3	1:intro	v496				0	1 Kings 1 General Notes Structure and formatting David dies and Solomon begins to reign (1:1–2:46) Abishag begins to take care of King David (1:1–4) Adonijah claims to be the next king (1:5–10) Nathan advises Bathsheba on how to respond (1:11–14) Bathsheba and Nathan inform King David about Adonijah (1:15–27) King David responds by appointing Solomon as the next king (1:28–37) Solomon is proclaimed as the next king (1:38–40) Jonathan informs Adonijah, Joab, and the people with them about Solomon (1:41–48) Solomon has mercy on Adonijah (1:49–53) Special Concepts in this Chapter The next king It was customary in this culture for a king, when he became old or died, to be succeeded as king by one of his sons. King David had many sons with many different wives, and he had not indicated which son would be king after him. So, Adonijah, one of the oldest sons, decided that he wanted to be king. He invited many important people to a feast, and they all agreed that he should be the next king. However, some other important people went to King David and asked him to make Solomon, one of Adonijah’s younger brothers, the next king. When David agreed to do this, everyone who agreed that Adonijah should be the next king ran away and no longer supported him. Be sure that your readers understand that the narrative of this chapter is about who will be the next king after King David. Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter Symbolic actions In this chapter, people perform several different kinds of actions that had special significance in their culture. When someone sits on a throne, it indicates that this person has power and authority. When people bow or prostrate themselves before someone else, it indicates that they are honoring and giving respect to that person. When someone is anointed with oil, it indicates that this person is being commissioned to accomplish a specific task or fill a specific role. If the significance of these actions would be misunderstood in your culture, you state their meaning explicitly in your translation. See the notes on the verses that describe these actions for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Singular and plural forms of “you” Most of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in conversations with individual people. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. You should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
4	1:1	ji2s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וְ⁠הַ⁠מֶּ֤לֶךְ	1	Here, the word Now introduces something that happened sometime after the events narrated at the end of the previous book (see 2 Samuel 24:1–25). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a later event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Later on, the king”
5	1:1	b43p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	זָקֵ֔ן בָּ֖א בַּ⁠יָּמִ֑ים	1	The phrases was old and came into the days mean similar things. The author is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “was extremely old”
6	1:1	r7r4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בָּ֖א בַּ⁠יָּמִ֑ים	1	Here, the phrase he came into the days indicates that David had lived very many days, so he was extremely old. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he was advanced in age” or “he had lived a long time”
7	1:1	pwg1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יְכַסֻּ֨⁠הוּ֙	1	The pronoun they refers to David’s servants or attendants. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “and his attendants covered him”
8	1:1	nlyt			וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִחַ֖ם לֽ⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “but he could not keep warm”
9	1:2	xp8f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עֲבָדָ֗י⁠ו	1	Here, the word servants could refer to: (1) important officials or attendants in David’s court. Alternate translation: “his courtiers” or “his advisors” (1) attendants, perhaps the same people mentioned in the previous verse who tried to keep David warm. Alternate translation: “his attendants”
10	1:2	qgvp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמְרוּ ל֣⁠וֹ עֲבָדָ֗י⁠ו יְבַקְשׁ֞וּ לַ⁠אדֹנִ֤⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ נַעֲרָ֣ה בְתוּלָ֔ה וְ⁠עָֽמְדָה֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ וּ⁠תְהִי־ל֖⁠וֹ סֹכֶ֑נֶת וְ⁠שָׁכְבָ֣ה בְ⁠חֵיקֶ֔⁠ךָ וְ⁠חַ֖ם לַ⁠אדֹנִ֥⁠י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ׃\n	1	It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “And his servants asked him if people could seek for him, the king, a young woman, a virgin, so that she could stand to his face. They told him that she would be one who is useful for him, and she would lie in his bosom, and it would be warm for him, the king”
11	1:2	d6bi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	יְבַקְשׁ֞וּ	1	The pronoun They refers to the people whom the servants sent to seek for the young woman. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use a form that refers to an indefinite group of people. Alternate translation: “Certain people are seeking”
12	1:2	h7l7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	לַ⁠אדֹנִ֤⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ & לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ & ל֖⁠וֹ & לַ⁠אדֹנִ֥⁠י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	These servants addresses king David in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “for you, my great king, … to your face … for you … for you, my great king”
13	1:2	og7b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠עָֽמְדָה֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י	1	Here the servants speak of how the young woman will always serve the king as if she would stand to the face of the king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and she will always be ready to serve”
14	1:2	v3bw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠שָׁכְבָ֣ה בְ⁠חֵיקֶ֔⁠ךָ	1	Here the servants imply that the young woman will sleep in David’s bed with him and will physically touch him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and she will lie down in your arms” or “she will hug you as you sleep”
15	1:2	ajpi			וְ⁠חַ֖ם לַ⁠אדֹנִ֥⁠י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	Alternate translation: “and she will keep my lord the king warm”
16	1:3	f51x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יְבַקְשׁוּ֙ & וַֽ⁠יִּמְצְא֗וּ & וַ⁠יָּבִ֥אוּ	1	The pronoun they throughout this verse could refer to: (1) the people whom the servants were speaking about in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And certain people sought … And they found … and they brought” (2) the servants who were speaking in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And those servants sought … And they found … and they brought”
17	1:3	jj8h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל גְּב֣וּל יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	The author says all here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “in most of the territory of Israel”
18	1:3	pts5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֲבִישַׁג֙	1	The word Abishag is the name of a woman.
19	1:3	lg2h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	הַ⁠שּׁ֣וּנַמִּ֔ית	1	The word Shunammite refers to someone who is from the town of Shunem, which was in the hill country to the southwest of the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer more directly to the town of Shunem. Alternate translation: “from Shunem”
20	1:4	xn7r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	יָפָ֣ה עַד־מְאֹ֑ד	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of abundance, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “was abundantly beautiful”
21	1:4	iqxr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	יָפָ֣ה עַד־מְאֹ֑ד	1	Here, the phrase as far as abundance indicates that Abishag was extremely beautiful. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “was very beautiful”
22	1:4	wexy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וְ⁠הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ לֹ֥א יְדָעָֽ⁠הּ	1	The author is referring to having sex in a polite way by using the word know. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “but the king did not sleep with her” or “but the king did not have sexual relations with her”
23	1:5-6	r96c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge	וַ⁠אֲדֹנִיָּ֧ה בֶן־חַגִּ֛ית מִתְנַשֵּׂ֥א לֵ⁠אמֹ֖ר אֲנִ֣י אֶמְלֹ֑ךְ וַ⁠יַּ֣עַשׂ ל֗⁠וֹ רֶ֚כֶב וּ⁠פָ֣רָשִׁ֔ים וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים אִ֖ישׁ רָצִ֥ים לְ⁠פָנָֽי⁠ו & וְ⁠לֹֽא־עֲצָב֨⁠וֹ אָבִ֤י⁠ו מִ⁠יָּמָי⁠ו֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר מַדּ֖וּעַ כָּ֣כָה עָשִׂ֑יתָ וְ⁠גַם־ה֤וּא טֽוֹב־תֹּ֨אַר֙ מְאֹ֔ד וְ⁠אֹת֥⁠וֹ יָלְדָ֖ה אַחֲרֵ֥י אַבְשָׁלֽוֹם	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine 1:5 and 1:6 into a verse bridge, as UST does, in order to give the background information about Adonijah before stating what he did. Alternate translation: “And Adonijah was the son of Haggith. She had borne him after Absalom, and he was very good of form. His father had not pained him from his days, saying, ‘Why have you done so?’ He lifted himself up, saying, ‘I, myself, will reign.’ And he made for himself a chariot and horsemen and 50 men running to his face.”
24	1:5	j538		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	חַגִּ֛ית	1	The word Haggith is the name of a woman. She was one of David’s wives.
25	1:5	uqt7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מִתְנַשֵּׂ֥א	1	He the author speaks of how Adonijah began to take power and demand honor as if he were literally lifting himself up in the air. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “exalted himself” or “began to take honor and power”
26	1:5	oxnm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹ֖ר אֲנִ֣י אֶמְלֹ֑ךְ	1	It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying that he himself would reign”
27	1:5	gxh9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	רֶ֚כֶב	1	Here, the word translated chariot could: (1) refer to one chariot that Adonijah rode in. Alternate translation: “one chariot” (2) refer to multiple chariots using a singular form. Alternate translation: “chariots”
28	1:5	u44y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים אִ֖ישׁ רָצִ֥ים לְ⁠פָנָֽי⁠ו	1	Here the author implies that these 50 men were a special guard who escorted Adonijah when he went anywhere. They ran along with the chariot that he rode in. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and 50 men who ran with him as his guard” or “and a special group of 50 men who ran with him to honor and protect him”
29	1:6	wpj5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠לֹֽא־עֲצָב֨⁠וֹ אָבִ֤י⁠ו	1	Here the author speaks of how David could have confronted or rebuked Adonijah as if it were paining him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And his father did not confront him” or “And his father did not discipline him”
30	1:6	pyhq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מִ⁠יָּמָי⁠ו֙	1	Here, the phrase from his days refers to all of Adonijah’s life up to this point. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “during his life up to this point” or “ever”
31	1:6	v46e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר מַדּ֖וּעַ כָּ֣כָה עָשִׂ֑יתָ	1	It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “asking why he had done something.”
32	1:6	eh22		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מַדּ֖וּעַ כָּ֣כָה עָשִׂ֑יתָ	1	The author illustrates how David might used the question form to rebuke Adonijah. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You know that you should not have done so.” or “You should not have done so!”
33	1:6	baeh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	טֽוֹב־תֹּ֨אַר֙ מְאֹ֔ד	1	Here, the author is using the possessive form to describe a form that is good. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “had a very good form”
34	1:6	g811		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אֹת֥⁠וֹ יָלְדָ֖ה אַחֲרֵ֥י אַבְשָׁלֽוֹם	1	Here the author implies that Adonijah’s mother, Haggith, had borne Adonijah after Absalom’s mother bore him. In other words, Adonijah was the next youngest son of David after Absalom. However, Adonijah and Absalom did not have the same mother. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and Haggith had borne him after Absalom’s mother had borne Absalom” or “and he was the son of David who was born after Absalom was born”
35	1:7	yk92		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּהְי֣וּ דְבָרָ֔י⁠ו	1	Here, the phrase his words were with indicates that Adonijah discussed his plans with Joab and Abiathar. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And he conspired” or “And he discussed his plans”
36	1:7	lla5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	צְרוּיָ֔ה	1	The word Zeruiah is the name of a woman. She was David’s sister.
37	1:7	a99r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַֽ⁠יַּעְזְר֔וּ אַחֲרֵ֖י אֲדֹנִיָּֽה	1	Here the author implies that Joab and Abiathar supported Adonijah in his plans to become the next king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And they supported and helped Adonijah as he tried to become king” or “And they backed Adonijah as the next king”
38	1:8	sj3w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וְ⁠רֵעִ֔י	1	The word Rei is the name of a man.
39	1:8	uqjp			אֲשֶׁ֣ר לְ⁠דָוִ֑ד	1	Alternate translation: “who served David”
40	1:8	ernv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לֹ֥א הָי֖וּ עִם־אֲדֹנִיָּֽהוּ	1	Here the author implies that these people did not support Adonijah in his plans to become the next king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “did not support and help Adonijah as he tried to become king” or “did not back Adonijah as the next king”
41	1:9	spdi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	וּ⁠מְרִ֔יא	1	In this verse, the word fatling is singular in form, but it refers to many fatlings as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “and fatlings”
42	1:9	k2ub		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וּ⁠מְרִ֔יא	1	Here, the word fatling refers to an animal that has been fed a lot of food so that it becomes fat and is very good to eat. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “animals that were given plenty of food so that they would be fat” or “young cows that were specially prepared to be eaten”
43	1:9	lp17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶ֣בֶן הַזֹּחֶ֔לֶת	1	The word Zoheleth is the name of a specific stone that was somewhere near Jerusalem.
44	1:9	xh7g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	עֵ֣ין רֹגֵ֑ל	1	The phrase En Rogel is the name of a spring that was in a valley near Jerusalem. The word En means “spring.”
45	1:9	q3zv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	אֶת־כָּל־אֶחָי⁠ו֙ & וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל־אַנְשֵׁ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה	1	As the following verse makes clear, the author says all here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “almost all of his brothers … and to almost all the men of Judah”
46	1:10	lek3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	שְׁלֹמֹ֥ה אָחִ֖י⁠ו	1	Solomon was the younger brother of Adonijah. Also, he had a different mother than Adonijah did, so he was Adonijah’s half-brother. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship more explicit. Alternate translation: “Solomon, his younger half-brother”
47	1:11	bzi1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he asked”
48	1:11	l2v9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠ל֣וֹא שָׁמַ֔עַתְּ כִּ֥י מָלַ֖ךְ אֲדֹנִיָּ֣הוּ בֶן־חַגִּ֑ית וַ⁠אֲדֹנֵ֥י⁠נוּ דָוִ֖ד לֹ֥א יָדָֽע	1	Nathan is using the question form to inform Bathsheba of something. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I tell you that Adonijah the son of Haggith reigns, and our master David does not know.” or “Adonijah the son of Haggith reigns, and our master David does not know!”
49	1:11	ae8u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	חַגִּ֑ית	1	The word Haggith is the name of a woman. She was one of David’s wives.
50	1:11	pb3p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מָלַ֖ךְ	1	Here Nathan implies that Adonijah is trying to reign. Nathan believes that David is still the real king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “is attempting to reign” or “wants to make himself king”
51	1:11	cu6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	וַ⁠אֲדֹנֵ֥י⁠נוּ	1	By our, Nathan means himself, Bathsheba, and the rest of the Israelites, so use the inclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
52	1:12	g4ab		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לְכִ֛י	1	Here Nathan speaks as if he wants Bathsheba to come to him. He means that she should listen to him and act with him. Alternate translation: “listen” or “trust me”
53	1:12	ggsp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	אִיעָצֵ֥⁠ךְ נָ֖א עֵצָ֑ה	1	Here, let me advise you with advice is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis.
54	1:12	dnmx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וּ⁠מַלְּטִי֙	1	Here, the word and introduces the purpose for which Bathsheba should let Nathan advise her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “in order that you may save”
55	1:12	gg4x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	אֶת־נַפְשֵׁ֔⁠ךְ וְ⁠אֶת־נֶ֥פֶשׁ בְּנֵ֖⁠ךְ שְׁלֹמֹֽה	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of life, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that you and your son Solomon will live”
56	1:13	yp71		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go\t	לְכִ֞י וּ⁠בֹ֣אִי	1	In a context such as this, your language might say only Go or come instead of both Go and come. Alternate translation: “Go” or “Come”
57	1:13	luyd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וְ⁠אָמַ֤רְתְּ אֵלָי⁠ו֙ הֲ⁠לֹֽא־אַתָּ֞ה אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ נִשְׁבַּ֤עְתָּ לַ⁠אֲמָֽתְ⁠ךָ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר כִּֽי־שְׁלֹמֹ֤ה בְנֵ⁠ךְ֙ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרַ֔⁠י וְ⁠ה֖וּא יֵשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֑⁠י וּ⁠מַדּ֖וּעַ מָלַ֥ךְ אֲדֹנִיָֽהוּ	1	It may be more natural in your language to have indirect quotations here. Alternate translation: “and you shall ask him whether he, your master the king, has not sworn to you, his female servant, saying that surely Solomon your son would reign after him, and he would sit on his throne. And you will ask him Adonijah reigns.”
58	1:13	v5dq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠לֹֽא־אַתָּ֞ה אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ נִשְׁבַּ֤עְתָּ לַ⁠אֲמָֽתְ⁠ךָ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר כִּֽי־שְׁלֹמֹ֤ה בְנֵ⁠ךְ֙ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרַ֔⁠י וְ⁠ה֖וּא יֵשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֑⁠י	1	Nathan suggests that Bathsheba should use the question form to remind David of what he had previously promised. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Remember that you, my master the king, have sworn to your female servant, saying, ‘Surely Solomon your son will reign after me, and he will sit on my throne.’” or “Do not forget, my master the king, that you have sworn to your female servant, saying, ‘Surely Solomon your son will reign after me, and he will sit on my throne’!”
59	1:13	pg8n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	לַ⁠אֲמָֽתְ⁠ךָ֙	1	Here Nathan suggests that Bathsheba speak about herself in the third person. This was one way to address someone in a respectful way. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “to me, your female servant”
60	1:13	wiwh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר	1	If you keep the direct quotation here, consider natural ways of introducing it. Alternate translation: “when you said”
61	1:13	d3rt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	כִּֽי־שְׁלֹמֹ֤ה בְנֵ⁠ךְ֙ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרַ֔⁠י וְ⁠ה֖וּא יֵשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֑⁠י	1	These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than and in order to show that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two clauses. Alternate translation: “Surely Solomon your son will reign after me; yes, he will sit on my throne” or “Surely Solomon your son will reign from my throne”
62	1:13	rwb6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	יֵשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֑⁠י	1	When a person sits on a throne, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “will sit on my throne to rule” or “will sit on my throne as king”
63	1:13	k3xw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	וּ⁠מַדּ֖וּעַ מָלַ֥ךְ אֲדֹנִיָֽהוּ	1	Nathan suggests that Bathsheba should use the question form to inform David of something that is contrary to what he already promised. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “However, I tell you that Adonijah reigns.” or “So, Adonijah the son of Haggith should not reign!”
64	1:13	rtfq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מָלַ֥ךְ אֲדֹנִיָֽהוּ	1	Here Nathan suggests that Bathsheba should imply that Adonijah is trying to reign. Nathan and Bathsheba believe that David is still the real king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “does Adonijah attempt to reign” or “does Adonijah want to make himself king”
65	1:14	pesp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	הִנֵּ֗ה	1	Nathan is using the term Behold to draw attention to what he plans to do while Bathsheba is talking with David. Your language may have a comparable way of calling attention to this event that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “After that” or “Right away”
66	1:14	p4uw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	וַ⁠אֲנִי֙ אָב֣וֹא	1	Nathan uses the word myself to emphasize how significant it will be that he will come in. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “then I, yes I, will come in”
67	1:14	jam0			אַחֲרַ֔יִ⁠ךְ	1	Alternate translation: “after you do”
68	1:14	c78s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מִלֵּאתִ֖י אֶת־דְּבָרָֽיִ⁠ךְ	1	Here Nathan speaks as if Bathsheba’s words were containers that were partly full and that he would fill them up completely. He means that he will confirm that what Bathsheba has said is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and will testify to the truth of your words” or “and confirm what you have said”
69	1:15	r77r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠תָּבֹ֨א בַת־שֶׁ֤בֶע אֶל־הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ הַ⁠חַ֔דְרָ⁠ה וְ⁠הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ זָקֵ֣ן מְאֹ֑ד וַֽ⁠אֲבִישַׁג֙ הַ⁠שּׁ֣וּנַמִּ֔ית מְשָׁרַ֖ת אֶת־הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the background information before narrating what Bathsheba did. Alternate translation: “Now the king was very old, and Abishag the Shunammite was attending the king in his chamber. Then Bathsheba came to the king there”
70	1:15	ylvk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠תָּבֹ֨א בַת־שֶׁ֤בֶע	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “And Bathsheba went”
71	1:15	r8hv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠חַ֔דְרָ⁠ה	1	Here, the word chamber refers to the private room in which the king slept. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “at the room in which he slept”
72	1:15	b4tq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַֽ⁠אֲבִישַׁג֙	1	The word Abishag is the name of a woman. She has already been mentioned in 1:3.
73	1:15	aexd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	הַ⁠שּׁ֣וּנַמִּ֔ית	1	The word Shunammite refers to someone who is from the town of Shunem, which was in the hill country to the southwest of the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer more directly to the town of Shunem. See how you expressed the idea in 1:3. Alternate translation: “from Shunem”
74	1:16	i62h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	וַ⁠תִּקֹּ֣ד בַּת־שֶׁ֔בַע וַ⁠תִּשְׁתַּ֖חוּ	1	The terms bowed and prostrated herself mean similar things. The author is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “And Bathsheba bowed very respectfully” or “And Bathsheba prostrated herself to the ground”
75	1:16	qt9d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠תִּקֹּ֣ד בַּת־שֶׁ֔בַע וַ⁠תִּשְׁתַּ֖חוּ	1	In Bathsheba’s culture, when people bowed and prostrated themselves to someone else, they were honoring respecting that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “And Bathsheba bowed and prostrated herself in respect” or “And Bathsheba, to honor him, bowed and prostrated herself”
76	1:16	fo9f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ מַה־לָּֽ⁠ךְ	1	It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “And the the king asked what was for her.”
77	1:16	q1mt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מַה־לָּֽ⁠ךְ	1	Here, the phrase What is for you means that the king wished to know what Bathsheba wanted to request. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What is your desire” or “What can I do for you”
78	1:17	s7yx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula	אַתָּ֨ה נִשְׁבַּ֜עְתָּ בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ לַֽ⁠אֲמָתֶ֔⁠ךָ	1	Here Bathsheba reminds David about how he swore an oath by Yahweh your God that he would make Solomon the next king. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. Alternate translation: “you yourself swore before Yahweh your God to your female servant” or “you yourself solemnly promised Yahweh your God before your female servant”
79	1:17	f3nw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	אַתָּ֨ה נִשְׁבַּ֜עְתָּ	1	Bathsheba uses the word yourself to emphasize how significant it was that David had made this promise. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “it was you who swore”
80	1:17	n2c3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	לַֽ⁠אֲמָתֶ֔⁠ךָ	1	Here Bathsheba speaks about herself in the third person. This was one way to address someone in a respectful way. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “to me, your female servant,”
81	1:17	zb0n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙	1	Here Bathsheba emphasizes that Yahweh is David’s God, but she implies that Yahweh is her God as well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “by Yahweh, your God and mine”
82	1:17	ywl1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	אֱלֹהֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ & כִּֽי־שְׁלֹמֹ֥ה בְנֵ֖⁠ךְ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרָ֑⁠י וְ⁠ה֖וּא יֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִֽ⁠י	1	It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “your God that Solomon my son would surely reign after you, and he would sit on your throne.”
83	1:17	wq00		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	כִּֽי־שְׁלֹמֹ֥ה בְנֵ֖⁠ךְ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרָ֑⁠י וְ⁠ה֖וּא יֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִֽ⁠י	1	These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than and in order to show that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two clauses. See how you expressed the similar form in 1:13. Alternate translation: “Surely Solomon your son will reign after me; yes, he will sit on my throne” or “Surely Solomon your son will reign from my throne”
84	1:17	bt9t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	יֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִֽ⁠י	1	When a person sits on a throne, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the idea in 1:13. Alternate translation: “will sit on my throne to rule” or “will sit on my throne as king”
85	1:18	jpi6			וְ⁠עַתָּ֕ה & וְ⁠עַתָּ֛ה	1	Alternate translation: “And at this time … and at this time”
86	1:18	c6z7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	הִנֵּ֥ה	1	Here, the word behold draws David’s attention and asks him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen, or you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I want to inform you of this:” or “please listen to me”
87	1:18	lby1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מָלָ֑ךְ	1	Here Bathsheba implies that Adonijah is trying to reign. Bathsheba believes that David is still the real king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “is attempting to reign” or “wants to make himself king”
88	1:18	m71q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	וְ⁠עַתָּ֛ה	1	Many ancient manuscripts read and now. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “and you.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
89	1:19	vlqt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	וּֽ⁠מְרִיא	1	In this verse, the word fatling is singular in form, but it refers to many fatlings as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “and fatlings”
90	1:19	hk1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וּֽ⁠מְרִיא	1	Here, the word fatling refers to an animal that has been fed a lot of food so that it becomes fat and is very good to eat. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. See how you translated this word in 1:9. Alternate translation: “and animals that were given plenty of food so that they would be fat” or “and young cows that were specially prepared to be eaten”
91	1:19	u52n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	לָ⁠רֹב֒	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of abundance, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “abundantly”
92	1:19	s7vz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	לְ⁠כָל־בְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ	1	As the end of the verse makes clear, Bathsheba says all here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “to almost all of the sons of the king”
93	1:19	dfnt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ	1	Here Bathsheba addresses king David in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “of you, the king,”
94	1:20	gosn			וְ⁠אַתָּה֙	1	Alternate translation: “But as for you”
95	1:20	zomp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	וְ⁠אַתָּה֙	1	Many ancient manuscripts read And you. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “And now.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
96	1:20	zlc4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	עֵינֵ֥י כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל עָלֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	Here, eyes represents attention and focus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the attention of all Israel is on you” or “all Israel is focusing on you”
97	1:20	ux2p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	יֵשֵׁ֛ב עַל־כִּסֵּ֥א אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו	1	When a person sits on a throne, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the idea in 1:13. Alternate translation: “will sit on the throne of my lord the king to rule after him” or “will sit on the throne of my lord the king as king after him”
98	1:20	ze0o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו	1	Here Bathsheba addresses King David in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “you, my lord the king, after you”
99	1:21	pu6x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	כִּ⁠שְׁכַ֥ב אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ עִם־אֲבֹתָ֑י⁠ו	1	Here Bathsheba addresses King David in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “as soon as you, my lord the king, lie down with your fathers”
100	1:21	jz9e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	כִּ⁠שְׁכַ֥ב אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ עִם־אֲבֹתָ֑י⁠ו	1	Bathsheba is referring to David’s death in a polite way by using the phrase lies down with his fathers, which refers to being buried near one’s ancestors. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “as soon as my master the king passes away” or “as soon as my lord the king dies and is buried with his fathers”
101	1:21	nvdv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	אֲבֹתָ֑י⁠ו	1	Bathsheba is using fathers to represent David’s ancestors in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his ancestors”
102	1:21	z8su		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	וְ⁠הָיִ֗יתִי אֲנִ֛י וּ⁠בְנִ֥⁠י שְׁלֹמֹ֖ה	1	Bathsheba uses the word myself to emphasize how concerned she is for her safety. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “that, as for me, I and my son Solomon will be”
103	1:21	prc8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	חַטָּאִֽים	1	Here Bathsheba implies that whoever becomes king will treat her and Solomon as they had sinned against the new king. She means that the new king will punish them severely, perhaps by executing them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “considered traitors” or “executed as sinners”
104	1:22	jcix		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	וְ⁠הִנֵּ֛ה	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “And listen” or “And right away”
105	1:22	cdps		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	בָּֽא	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “went”
106	1:23	zyaf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יַּגִּ֤ידוּ	1	The pronoun they refers to David’s servants or attendants. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “And the king’s attendants told”
107	1:23	u17h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”
108	1:23	taxr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	הִנֵּ֖ה	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the king and asks him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen or pay attention. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Look”
109	1:23	v4kq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	נָתָ֣ן הַ⁠נָּבִ֑יא	1	The servants are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Nathan the prophet has come”
110	1:23	mzok		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יָּבֹא֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ	1	Here the author implies that Bathsheba left the king before Nathan went to him (see 1:28). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit here. Alternate translation: “And Bathsheba went away, and Nathan came before the face of the king”
111	1:23	tsg5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֧חוּ לַ⁠מֶּ֛לֶךְ עַל־אַפָּ֖י⁠ו אָֽרְצָ⁠ה	1	In Nathan’s culture, when people prostrated themselves to someone else, they were honoring respecting that person. The author describes how Nathan’s nostrils were toward the ground to indicate that Nathan prostrated himself on the ground, which was a way to show even more honor or respect. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “and he prostrated himself to the king in deep respect, with his nose touching the ground” or “and Nathan, to honor the king greatly, prostrated himself upon the ground”
112	1:24	uw9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	אַתָּ֣ה אָמַ֔רְתָּ אֲדֹנִיָּ֖הוּ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרָ֑⁠י וְ⁠ה֖וּא יֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִֽ⁠י	1	Nathan is using the question form to inform David that Adonijah is acting as if David named him the next king. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Adonijah is acting as if you yourself said, ‘Adonijah will reign after me, and he will sit on my throne.’”
113	1:24	mhc4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	אַתָּ֣ה אָמַ֔רְתָּ אֲדֹנִיָּ֖הוּ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרָ֑⁠י וְ⁠ה֖וּא יֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִֽ⁠י	1	It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “have you yourself said that Adonijah will reign after you and sit on your throne”
114	1:24	lm0k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	אֲדֹנִיָּ֖הוּ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרָ֑⁠י וְ⁠ה֖וּא יֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִֽ⁠י	1	These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than and in order to show that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. See how you expressed the similar form in 1:13. Alternatively, you could combine the two clauses. Alternate translation: “Adonijah will reign after me; yes, he will sit on my throne” or “Adonijah will reign from my throne”
115	1:24	vmf5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	יֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִֽ⁠י	1	When a person sits on a throne, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the similar phrase in 1:13. Alternate translation: “will sit on my throne to rule” or “will sit on my throne as king”
116	1:25	jkrd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֣י	1	Here, the word For introduces a reason why Nathan asks David if he has appointed Adonijah as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “I ask because” or “Here is why I ask that:”
117	1:25	k2il		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	יָרַ֣ד הַ⁠יּ֗וֹם	1	Here, Nathan implies that Adonijah has gone down to the area near En Rogel (see 1:9). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he has gone down today to the area near En Rogel”
118	1:25	a8sl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	יָרַ֣ד	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “he has come down”
119	1:25	ktj5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	שׁ֥וֹר וּֽ⁠מְרִיא	1	In this verse, the words ox and fatling are singular in form, but they refer to many oxen and fatlings as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “oxen and fatlings”
120	1:25	y76y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וּֽ⁠מְרִיא	1	Here, the word fatling refers to an animal that has been fed a lot of food so that it becomes fat and is very good to eat. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. See how you translated this word in 1:9. Alternate translation: “and animals that were given plenty of food so that they would be fat” or “and young cows that were specially prepared to be eaten”
121	1:25	me77		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	לָ⁠רֹב֒	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of abundance, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “abundantly”
122	1:25	skc2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	לְ⁠כָל־בְּנֵ֨י הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ	1	As the context makes clear, Nathan says all here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “to almost all of the sons of the king”
123	1:25	yg1f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ	1	Here Nathan addresses king David in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “you, the king,”
124	1:25	unrg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	וְ⁠הִנָּ֛⁠ם	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the king and asks him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen or pay attention. Alternate translation: “And listen, they” or “And hear this: they”
125	1:25	xm46		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ יְחִ֖י הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ אֲדֹנִיָּֽהוּ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And they wish that king Adonijah would live”
126	1:25	regl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	יְחִ֖י הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ אֲדֹנִיָּֽהוּ	1	Here, the phrase Let the king Adonijah live is a polite way to wish that Adonijah will have a long and good life. This was a respectful way to honor and bless a person in authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable polite form or make the idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “We hope that the king Adonijah will have a long life” or “We wish the king Adonijah well”
127	1:26	khld			אֲנִֽי־עַ֠בְדֶּ⁠ךָ & וְ⁠לִ⁠שְׁלֹמֹ֥ה עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֖	1	Alternate translation: “I who serve you … and to Solomon, who serves you”
128	1:27	pruw			אִ֗ם מֵ⁠אֵת֙ אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ נִהְיָ֖ה הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה וְ⁠לֹ֤א הוֹדַ֨עְתָּ֙ אֶֽת־עבדי⁠ך מִ֗י יֵשֵׁ֛ב עַל־כִּסֵּ֥א אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו	1	This sentence could be translated: (1) in question form. See the UST. (2) in conditional form. Alternate translation: “If this matter has been done from with my lord the king, then you have not caused your servants to know who will sit on the throne of my lord the king after him.”
129	1:27	pvgk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	מֵ⁠אֵת֙ אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ נִהְיָ֖ה הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my lord the king done this matter”
130	1:27	b3wq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ & אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו	1	Here Nathan addresses King David in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “you, my lord the king, … you, my lord the king, after you”
131	1:27	ckp4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	אֶֽת־עבדי⁠ך	1	Jewish scribes instructed synagogue readers to say “servant” when they got to the word translated servants. In that case, the word refers only to Joab. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
132	1:27	s1tl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	יֵשֵׁ֛ב עַל־כִּסֵּ֥א אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו	1	When a person sits on a throne, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the idea in 1:13. Alternate translation: “will sit on the throne of my lord the king to rule after him” or “will sit on the throne of my lord the king as king after him”
133	1:28	vs19		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	וַ⁠יַּ֨עַן הַ⁠מֶּ֤לֶךְ דָּוִד֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֔אמֶר	1	The two words answered and said express a single idea. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “And the king David answered him by saying” or “And the king David said”
134	1:28	dkzb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֹּ֔אמֶר	1	Here, the author implies that David spoke to some of his servants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and said to some of his attendants”
135	1:28	g68v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	וַ⁠תָּבֹא֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ וַֽ⁠תַּעֲמֹ֖ד לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	This sentence contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the sentence. Alternate translation: “And she came and stood to the face of the king”
136	1:28	qjq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠תָּבֹא֙	1	Here the author implies that Nathan left the king before Bathsheba came back in (see 1:32). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit here. Alternate translation: “And Nathan went away, and Bathsheba came”
137	1:28	i7hb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠תָּבֹא֙	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “And she went”
138	1:29	i97z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	וַ⁠יִּשָּׁבַ֥ע הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר	1	The two words swore and said express a single idea. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “And the king swore to her by saying” or “And the king swore”
139	1:29	wkky		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula	חַי־יְהוָ֕ה	1	Here David makes an oath that he will do what he promises in the following verse. He is indicating that Bathsheba can rely on his promise as much as she can rely on the fact that Yahweh is alive. Use a natural way in your language to express this kind of oath. Alternate translation: “As certainly as Yahweh is alive” or “You can be as confident about this as you are that Yahweh is alive”
140	1:29	nn4m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֲשֶׁר־פָּדָ֥ה אֶת־נַפְשִׁ֖⁠י מִ⁠כָּל־צָרָֽה	1	Here David speaks of how God has rescued him from every distress as if God had ransomed his life from the distress. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who has saved my life in every distress”
141	1:29	ipvd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	נַפְשִׁ֖⁠י מִ⁠כָּל־צָרָֽה	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of life and distress, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “me whenever anything distressed me”
142	1:30	g1w1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	כִּ֡י	1	David is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I declare that” or “I swear that”
143	1:30	xg17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula	נִשְׁבַּ֨עְתִּי לָ֜⁠ךְ בַּ⁠יהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙	1	Here David refers to how he swore an oath by Yahweh the God of Israel that he would make Solomon the next king. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. Alternate translation: “I have sworn before Yahweh the God of Israel to you” or “I have solemnly promised Yahweh the God of Israel in your presence”
144	1:30	yfnk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר כִּֽי־שְׁלֹמֹ֤ה בְנֵ⁠ךְ֙ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרַ֔⁠י וְ⁠ה֛וּא יֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֖⁠י תַּחְתָּ֑⁠י כִּ֛י	1	It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying that Solomon your son would surely reign after me and that he would sit on my throne in place, surely”
145	1:30	pys0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר	1	If you preserve the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “which I did when I said”
146	1:30	k52y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרַ֔⁠י וְ⁠ה֛וּא יֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֖⁠י תַּחְתָּ֑⁠י	1	These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than and in order to show that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two clauses. See how you expressed the similar form in 1:13. Alternate translation: “will reign after me; yes, he will sit on my throne in my place” or “will reign from my throne in my place”
147	1:30	gmah		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	יֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֖⁠י תַּחְתָּ֑⁠י	1	When a person sits on a throne, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the idea in 1:13. Alternate translation: “will sit on my throne to rule in my place” or “will sit on my throne as king in my place”
148	1:31	nt1n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠תִּקֹּ֨ד בַּת־שֶׁ֤בַע אַפַּ֨יִם֙ אֶ֔רֶץ וַ⁠תִּשְׁתַּ֖חוּ לַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ	1	In Bathsheba’s culture, when people bowed and prostrated themselves to someone else, they were honoring respecting that person. The author describes how Bathsheba’s nostrils were to the ground to indicate that Bathsheba lay down with her face on the ground, which was a way to show even more honor or respect. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “And Bathsheba bowed and prostrated herself to the king in deep respect, with her nose touching the ground” or “And Bathsheba, to honor the king greatly, bowed and prostrated herself upon the ground”
149	1:31	uodj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וַ⁠תִּקֹּ֨ד בַּת־שֶׁ֤בַע אַפַּ֨יִם֙ אֶ֔רֶץ וַ⁠תִּשְׁתַּ֖חוּ לַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ	1	The phrases bowed, nostrils to the ground and prostrated herself mean similar things. The author is using the two phrases together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “And Bathsheba bowed, nostrils to the ground, very respectfully to the king” or “And Bathsheba prostrated herself, nostrils to the ground, to the king”
150	1:31	rdz6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	יְחִ֗י אֲדֹנִ֛⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ דָּוִ֖ד לְ⁠עֹלָֽם	1	Here, the phrase May my lord the king David live to eternity is a polite way to wish that David will have a long and good life. This was a respectful way to honor and bless a person in authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable polite form or make the idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I hope that my lord the king David will have a long life” or “I wish my lord the king David well”
151	1:31	njpx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	אֲדֹנִ֛⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ דָּוִ֖ד	1	Here Bathsheba addresses king David in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “you, my lord the king David,”
152	1:31	zu8f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	לְ⁠עֹלָֽם	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of eternity, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “eternally” or “forever”
153	1:32	c0qp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר ׀ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ דָּוִ֗ד	1	Here, the author implies that David spoke to some of his servants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And the king David said to some of his attendants”
154	1:32	yclm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖אוּ	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “And they went”
155	1:33	mp05		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	קְח֤וּ עִמָּ⁠כֶם֙ & אֲדֹנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠הִרְכַּבְתֶּם֙ אֶת־שְׁלֹמֹ֣ה בְנִ֔⁠י	1	Because David is speaking to Zadok, Nathan, and Benaiah, the command Take and the words you and your throughout this verse are plural.
156	1:33	lhx5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-plural	אֲדֹנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	Here David could be using the plural lords: (1) to refer to just himself. In this case, he uses the plural form because it was a respectful way to refer to a person who had authority. Alternate translation: “your lord” (2) to refer to all the important officials who still supported David as king. Alternate translation: “the lords who still serve me”
157	1:33	e68v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	אֲדֹנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	If David uses the plural form lords to refer to himself, then he is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “me, your lord”
158	1:33	de2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	גִּחֽוֹן	1	The word Gihon is the name of a spring near the city of Jerusalem, on the east side.
159	1:34	mmcw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וּ⁠מָשַׁ֣ח אֹת֣⁠וֹ שָׁ֠ם צָד֨וֹק הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן וְ⁠נָתָ֧ן הַ⁠נָּבִ֛יא לְ⁠מֶ֖לֶךְ עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	In David’s culture, when a person was anointed, they were being commissioned to do a specific task or fill a specific role. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the meaning of this action more explicit. Alternate translation: “And Zadok the priest and Nathan the prophet shall anoint him there to commission him as king over Israel”
160	1:34	e96w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	צָד֨וֹק הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן וְ⁠נָתָ֧ן הַ⁠נָּבִ֛יא	1	Here David speaks to Zadok and Nathan in the third person in order to give them specific instructions. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form. Alternate translation: “you, Zadok the priest, and you, Nathan the prophet,”
161	1:34	azqf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	וּ⁠תְקַעְתֶּם֙ & וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֕ם	1	Because David is speaking to Zadok, Nathan, and Benaiah, the word you throughout this verse is plural.
162	1:34	tg3o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וּ⁠תְקַעְתֶּם֙ בַּ⁠שּׁוֹפָ֔ר	1	In David’s culture, people would blow with the horn when they wanted to announce something important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the meaning of that action more explicit. Alternate translation: “And you shall announce him as king by blowing with the horn”
163	1:34	f16o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	בַּ⁠שּׁוֹפָ֔ר	1	The word horn represents horns in general, not one particular horn. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with horns”
164	1:34	wn1a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֕ם יְחִ֖י הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹֽה	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and you shall wish that king Solomon would live.”
165	1:34	ecch		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	יְחִ֖י הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹֽה	1	Here, the phrase Let the king Solomon live is a polite way to wish that Solomon will have a long and good life. This was a respectful way to honor and bless a person in authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable polite form or make the idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “We hope that the king Solomon will have a long life” or “We wish the king Solomon well”
166	1:35	w421		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠עֲלִיתֶ֣ם אַחֲרָ֗י⁠ו	1	Here David implies that they will go back up to Jerusalem with Solomon and return to the palace. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And you shall go up after him back here to Jerusalem” or “And you shall return after him to the palace”
167	1:35	qn6j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠עֲלִיתֶ֣ם	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of go. Alternate translation: “And you shall come up”
168	1:35	n5eo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	וַ⁠עֲלִיתֶ֣ם	1	Because David is speaking to Zadok, Nathan, and Benaiah, the word you is plural.
169	1:35	ed1x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וּ⁠בָא֙	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “and he shall go”
170	1:35	emxs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וְ⁠יָשַׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֔⁠י	1	When a person sits on a throne, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the idea in 1:13. Alternate translation: “and sit on my throne to rule” or “and sit on my throne as king”
171	1:36	q1hs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	וַ⁠יַּ֨עַן בְּנָיָ֧הוּ בֶן־יְהֽוֹיָדָ֛ע אֶת־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר	1	The two words answered and said express a single idea. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “And Benaiah the son of Jehoiada answered the king by saying” or “And Benaiah the son of Jehoiada said to the king”
172	1:36	ggga		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	כֵּ֚ן יֹאמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה אֱלֹהֵ֖י אֲדֹנִ֥⁠י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	Here Benaiah could be using the statement form: (1) to claim that Yahweh has declared the same thing that David has just declared. Alternate translation: “So also declares Yahweh the God of my lord the king” (2) to wish or hope that Yahweh will declare or confirm what David has just declared. Alternate translation: “May Yahweh the God of my lord the king so speak” or “May Yahweh the God of my lord the king confirm that”
173	1:36	ivtt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	יְהוָ֔ה אֱלֹהֵ֖י אֲדֹנִ֥⁠י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	Here Benaiah emphasizes that Yahweh is David’s God, but he implies that Yahweh is his God as well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, my lord the king’s God and mine,”
174	1:36	u4b9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	אֲדֹנִ֥⁠י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ	1	Here Benaiah addresses King David in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “you, my lord the king,”
175	1:37	v83u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ & אֲדֹנִ֖⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ דָּוִֽד	1	Here Benaiah addresses David in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “you, my lord the king … you, my lord the king David”
176	1:37	l4nd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וִֽ⁠יגַדֵּל֙ אֶת־כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ מִ֨⁠כִּסֵּ֔א אֲדֹנִ֖⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ דָּוִֽד	1	Here, throne represents the rule or reign of the person who sits on the throne. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and may he make his reign greater than the reign of my lord the king David” or “and may he make him a greater ruler than my lord the king David”
177	1:38	djsb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	וְ⁠הַ⁠כְּרֵתִי֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּלֵתִ֔י	1	In this verse, the words Kerethite and Pelethite are singular in form, but they refer to all the Kerethites and Pelethites as groups. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “and the Kerethites and the Pelethites”
178	1:38	nk4t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וְ⁠הַ⁠כְּרֵתִי֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּלֵתִ֔י	1	The words Kerethite and Pelethite refer to two groups of people. Together, they served King David as his bodyguards.
179	1:38	p7bx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יֵּ֣רֶד	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “And … came down”
180	1:38	t1rd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	גִּחֽוֹן	1	The word Gihon is the name of a spring near the city of Jerusalem, on the east side. See how you translated this name in 1:33.
181	1:39	yive		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וַ⁠יִּקַּח֩ צָד֨וֹק הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן אֶת־קֶ֤רֶן הַ⁠שֶּׁ֨מֶן֙ מִן־הָ⁠אֹ֔הֶל וַ⁠יִּמְשַׁ֖ח	1	Here the author indicates that Zadok had taken the horn of the oil from the tent before he went with Solomon to Gihon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different form that gives background information. Alternate translation: “Before they went to Gihon, Zadok the priest had taken the horn of the oil from the tent. After they arrived in Gihon, he anointed”
182	1:39	l324		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶת־קֶ֤רֶן הַ⁠שֶּׁ֨מֶן֙ מִן־הָ⁠אֹ֔הֶל	1	Here, the author is referring to a special horn full of olive oil that was kept in the special tent that was dedicated to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the special horn full of olive oil from the tent that was dedicated to God”
183	1:39	v593		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּמְשַׁ֖ח אֶת־שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה	1	In this culture, when a person was anointed, they were being commissioned to do a specific task or fill a specific role, in this case that of king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the meaning of this action more explicit. Alternate translation: “and he anointed Solomon to commission him as king”
184	1:39	uf1x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַֽ⁠יִּתְקְעוּ֙ בַּ⁠שּׁוֹפָ֔ר	1	In this culture, people blew with the horn when they wanted to announce something important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the meaning of that action more explicit. Alternate translation: “And they announced him as king by blowing with the horn”
185	1:39	v35b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַֽ⁠יִּתְקְעוּ֙	1	The pronoun they refers to some people who were there. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to people there more directly. Alternate translation: “And people who were there blew”
186	1:39	h4w4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	בַּ⁠שּׁוֹפָ֔ר	1	The word horn represents horns in general, not one particular horn. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with horns”
187	1:39	jxsy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	כָּל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם	1	The author says all here as an overstatement for emphasis. He means that many people were there, and they were the ones who spoke the following words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “very many people” or “each person there”
188	1:39	nsy8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	יְחִ֖י הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹֽה	1	Here, the phrase Let the king Solomon live is a polite way to wish that Solomon will have a long and good life. This was a respectful way to honor and bless a person in authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable polite form or make the idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “We hope that the king Solomon will have a long life” or “We wish the king Solomon well”
189	1:40	low5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יַּעֲל֤וּ כָל־הָ⁠עָם֙	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “And all the people came up”
190	1:40	bhc5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	כָל־הָ⁠עָם֙	1	See how you translated this phrase in 1:39. Alternate translation: “very many people” or “each person there”
191	1:40	s22x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	וּ⁠שְׂמֵחִ֖ים שִׂמְחָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֑ה	1	Here, were rejoicing {with} great joy is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “and were extremely pleased”
192	1:40	ohiv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	שִׂמְחָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֑ה	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of joy, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “very joyfully”
193	1:40	ptcj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠תִּבָּקַ֥ע הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ בְּ⁠קוֹלָֽ⁠ם	1	Here the author speaks as if the people were so loud that the earth was split by the noise that they were making. He means that they were extremely loud. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the earth was shaken by their sound” or “And their sound was very loud”
194	1:40	n41m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠תִּבָּקַ֥ע הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ בְּ⁠קוֹלָֽ⁠ם	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And their sound split the earth”
195	1:41	pqat		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠קְּרֻאִים֙	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Adonijah. Alternate translation: “and all the ones whom he had called”
196	1:41	rgcb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	וְ⁠הֵ֖ם כִּלּ֣וּ לֶ⁠אֱכֹ֑ל	1	Here, the word and introduces something that was happening when Adonijah and the people with him heard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a simultaneous event. Alternate translation: “as they finished eating”
197	1:41	x7ho		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	הַ⁠שּׁוֹפָ֔ר	1	The word horn represents horns in general, not one particular horn. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “horns”
198	1:41	oc2t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר מַדּ֥וּעַ קֽוֹל־הַ⁠קִּרְיָ֖ה הוֹמָֽה	1	It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “and he asked why the sound of the city was noisy.”
199	1:41	c192		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	קֽוֹל־הַ⁠קִּרְיָ֖ה	1	Here, Joab is using the possessive form to describe a sound that is coming from the city. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the sound in the city”
200	1:42	tqo3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	וְ⁠הִנֵּ֧ה	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “and just then” or “and suddenly”
201	1:42	n2wh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	בָּ֑א	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “went there”
202	1:42	w4dv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בֹּ֔א	1	Here, the word Come indicates that Adonijah welcomes Jonathan to the place where they were. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that indicates that someone is welcome. Alternate translation: “You may come here” or “Come in”
203	1:42	zyy3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אִ֥ישׁ חַ֛יִל	1	Here, the phrase a man of strength indicates that Adonijah thinks that Jonathan is reliable or trustworthy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are a trustworthy man” or “are a reliable man”
204	1:42	aeak		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	וְ⁠ט֥וֹב תְּבַשֵּֽׂר	1	Here Adonijah uses the statement form to express what he expects from Jonathan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that describes what someone expects. Alternate translation: “and I expect that you will bring good news”
205	1:43	gsn1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	וַ⁠יַּ֨עַן֙ יוֹנָתָ֔ן וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר לַ⁠אֲדֹנִיָּ֑הוּ	1	The two words answered and said express a single idea. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “And Jonathan answered Adonijah by saying” or “And Jonathan said to Adonijah”
206	1:43	nqvz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	אֲבָ֕ל	1	Jonathan is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “No, I do not bring good news”
207	1:43	dvyj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	אֲדֹנֵ֥י⁠נוּ	1	By our, Jonathan means himself, Adonijah, and the rest of the Israelites, so use the inclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
208	1:44	nvv5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	וְ⁠הַ⁠כְּרֵתִ֖י וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּלֵתִ֑י	1	In this verse, the words Kerethite and Pelethite are singular in form, but they refer to all the Kerethites and Pelethites as groups. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “and the Kerethites and the Pelethites”
209	1:44	bah7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וְ⁠הַ⁠כְּרֵתִ֖י וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּלֵתִ֑י	1	The words Kerethite and Pelethite refer to two groups of people. Together, they served King David as his bodyguards. See how you translated these names in 1:38.
210	1:45	du50		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּמְשְׁח֣וּ אֹת֡⁠וֹ צָד֣וֹק הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֣ן וְ⁠נָתָן֩ הַ⁠נָּבִ֨יא לְ⁠מֶ֜לֶךְ	1	In this culture, when a person was anointed, they were being commissioned to do a specific task or fill a specific role. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the meaning of this action more explicit. Alternate translation: “And Zadok the priest and Nathan the prophet have anointed him to commission him as king”
211	1:45	kzt0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בְּ⁠גִח֗וֹן	1	The word Gihon is the name of a spring near the city of Jerusalem, on the east side. See how you translated this name in 1:33.
212	1:45	to7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יַּעֲל֤וּ	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “and they have come up”
213	1:45	hotz			וַ⁠תֵּהֹ֖ם הַ⁠קִּרְיָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “and there is tumult in the city” or “and the city is full of loud noises”
214	1:45	sdix		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	שְׁמַעְתֶּֽם	1	Because Jonathan is speaking to Adonijah, Joab, and the people with them, the word you here is plural.
215	1:46	nz69		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	יָשַׁ֣ב שְׁלֹמֹ֔ה עַ֖ל כִּסֵּ֥א הַ⁠מְּלוּכָֽה	1	When a person sits on a throne, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the idea in 1:13. Alternate translation: “Solomon sits on the throne of the kingdom to rule” or “Solomon sits on the throne of the kingdom as king”
216	1:46	iyut		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	כִּסֵּ֥א הַ⁠מְּלוּכָֽה	1	Here, Jonathan is using the possessive form to describe a throne that represents authority over the kingdom. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the throne for the one who rules over the kingdom”
217	1:47	oezb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	בָּ֜אוּ	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “went”
218	1:47	n7ta		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לְ֠⁠בָרֵךְ אֶת־אֲדֹנֵ֜י⁠נוּ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ דָּוִד֮	1	Here, people who have less power and status bless someone with more power and status. The author implies that the servants of David bless him by praising him for his decision and wishing that things will go well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to wish our lord the king David well” or “to congratulate our master the king David”
219	1:47	zl3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	אֲדֹנֵ֜י⁠נוּ	1	By our, Jonathan means himself, Adonijah, and the rest of the Israelites, so use the inclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
220	1:47	xod7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יֵיטֵ֨ב אֱלֹהִ֜ים אֶת־שֵׁ֤ם שְׁלֹמֹה֙ מִ⁠שְּׁמֶ֔⁠ךָ	1	Here, name represents the honor or reputation of the person whose name it is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “May God make the reputation of Solomon better than your reputation” or “May God honor Solomon even more than he honored you”
221	1:47	gd6f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וִֽ⁠יגַדֵּ֥ל אֶת־כִּסְא֖⁠וֹ מִ⁠כִּסְאֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	Here, throne represents the rule or reign of the person who sits on the throne. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and may he make his reign greater than your reign” or “and may he make him a greater ruler than you have been”
222	1:47	jxpe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֥חוּ הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ עַל־הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּֽב	1	In David’s culture, when people prostrated themselves to someone else, they were honoring and respecting that person. In this case, the author implies that David was showing honor and respect to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “And the king prostrated himself on the bed to God in respect” or “And the king prostrated himself on the bed to honor God”
223	1:48	civn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	כָּ֖כָה אָמַ֣ר הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ בָּר֨וּךְ יְהוָ֜ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל אֲשֶׁ֨ר נָתַ֥ן הַ⁠יּ֛וֹם יֹשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֖⁠י וְ⁠עֵינַ֥⁠י רֹאֽוֹת	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the king blessed Yahweh the God of Israel, who had given one sitting on his throne today, while his eyes were seeing”
224	1:48	v2c2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	יֹשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֖⁠י	1	When a person sits on a throne, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the idea in 1:13. Alternate translation: “one sitting on my throne to rule” or “one sitting on my throne as king”
225	1:48	jejy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠עֵינַ֥⁠י רֹאֽוֹת	1	Here, the phrase my eyes are seeing indicates that David is still alive and can witness the event of which he speaks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I am still here to see it” or “and I am still living”
226	1:49	h8ro		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	כָּל־הַ֨⁠קְּרֻאִ֔ים	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Adonijah. Alternate translation: “all the ones whom Adonijah had called”
227	1:49	zi9i			וַ⁠יֶּֽחֶרְדוּ֙	1	Alternate translation: “And … trembled with fear”
228	1:49	zts9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֖וּ	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “and they came”
229	1:49	iqg3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אִ֥ישׁ לְ⁠דַרְכּֽ⁠וֹ	1	Here, the phrase a man to his way indicates that these people did not stay together but left in many different directions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “each one where he chose” or “scattering to many places”
230	1:50	ls5i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם וַ⁠יֵּ֔לֶךְ	1	Here the author implies that Adonijah left En Rogel and went to the sacred tent of meeting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And he left En Rogel and went to the tent of meeting”
231	1:50	cdsn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יֵּ֔לֶךְ	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “and came”
232	1:50	lg7j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַֽ⁠יַּחֲזֵ֖ק בְּ⁠קַרְנ֥וֹת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ	1	In Adonijah’s culture, people who grasped the horns of the altar were considered to be protected by God and would not be taken away and punished unless someone could prove that they had really done something wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and grasped the horns of the altar for protection” or “and grasped the horns of the altar to keep himself safe”
233	1:51	i1ku		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יֻּגַּ֤ד	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “And a person told it”
234	1:51	yf8t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לִ⁠שְׁלֹמֹה֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “to Solomon by someone who said”
235	1:51	hn7x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	הִנֵּה֙ & וְ֠⁠הִנֵּה	1	Here, the words Behold and behold draw the attention of the king and ask him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express Behold and behold with words or phrases that ask someone to listen, or you could use a form that introduces something that is significant. Alternate translation: “Listen … And listen to this:” or “I want to tell you this: … Further”
236	1:51	g2ei		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	אֶת־הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה	1	Here the person speaking addresses King Solomon in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “you, the king Solomon”
237	1:51	iyir		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אָחַ֞ז בְּ⁠קַרְנ֤וֹת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֨חַ֙	1	See how you translated this phrase in 1:50. Alternate translation: “he has grasped the horns of the altar for protection” or “he has grasped the horns of the altar to keep himself safe”
238	1:51	d8mv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר יִשָּֽׁבַֽע־לִ֤⁠י כַ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹ֔ה אִם־יָמִ֥ית אֶת־עַבְדּ֖⁠וֹ בֶּ⁠חָֽרֶב	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “requesting that the king Solomon swear to him as today, if he would kill his servant with the sword.”
239	1:51	shzd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר	2	If you preserve the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he has said”
240	1:51	jy6p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula	יִשָּֽׁבַֽע־לִ֤⁠י כַ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹ֔ה אִם־יָמִ֥ית אֶת־עַבְדּ֖⁠וֹ בֶּ⁠חָֽרֶב	1	Here Adonijah asks Solomon to swear an oath guaranteeing that he will not kill Adonijah. He only states the condition part of the oath, but he implies that he wants Solomon to state that something bad will happen to him if he breaks the oath. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include the implied part of the oath. Alternate translation: “Let the king Solomon swear to me as today that God should punish him if he kills his servant with the sword” or “Let the king Solomon swear an oath as today that he will not kill his servant with the sword”
241	1:51	wusi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	כַ⁠יּוֹם֙	1	Here, the phrase as today refers to the current time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this very day” or “at this moment”
242	1:51	i1a2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	יָמִ֥ית אֶת־עַבְדּ֖⁠וֹ בֶּ⁠חָֽרֶב	1	Here Adonijah implies that Solomon would have one of his soldiers kill Adonijah with the sword. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he will have a soldier his servant with the sword”
243	1:51	tutv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	אֶת־עַבְדּ֖⁠וֹ	1	Here Adonijah speaks about himself in the third person. This was one way to address someone in a respectful way. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first-person form. Alternate translation: “me, his servant,”
244	1:51	v2k0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	בֶּ⁠חָֽרֶב	1	The word sword represents any sword, not one particular sword. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with a sword” or “by using a sword”
245	1:52	yobo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לְ⁠בֶן־חַ֔יִל	1	Here, the phrase a son of strength indicates that Adonijah might act in reliable or trustworthy ways. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the similar phrase in 1:42. Alternate translation: “a loyal man” or “a reliable man”
246	1:52	t3dr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לֹֽא־יִפֹּ֥ל מִ⁠שַּׂעֲרָת֖⁠וֹ אָ֑רְצָ⁠ה	1	Here, the phrase a hair of his will not fall to the ground indicates that Solomon will not punish or harm Adonijah in any way, not even by pulling out a single one of his hairs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no one will punish him” or “he will not be harmed in any way”
247	1:52	oape		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	רָעָ֥ה תִמָּצֵא־ב֖⁠וֹ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be Solomon. Alternate translation: “I find evil in him”
248	1:52	d933		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	רָעָ֥ה תִמָּצֵא־ב֖⁠וֹ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of evil, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he is found to be evil”
249	1:52	c8gb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וָ⁠מֵֽת	1	Here Solomon implies that he would have one of his soldiers kill Adonijah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “then I will have a soldier kill him”
250	1:53	hwhw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֞ח הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹ֗ה	1	Here the author implies that Solomon sent some of his attendants or soldiers to bring Adonijah back to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And the king Solomon sent soldiers to bring Adonijah”
251	1:53	fvvo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֕א	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “And he went”
252	1:53	q66p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֖חוּ לַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה	1	In Solomon’s culture, when people prostrated themselves to someone else, they were honoring and respecting that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “and prostrated himself to the king Solomon in respect” or “and prostrated himself to honor the king Solomon”
253	2:intro	nsa1				0	1 Kings 2 General Notes Structure and formatting This chapter has two stories: David’s last advice to Solomon and Solomon’s punishment of those who supported Adonijah and also Shimei, who had cursed David when David was fleeing from Absalom. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]]) Special concepts in this chapter Exalting oneself Exalting oneself can lead to disaster as when Adonijah made himself king. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]]) Important figures of speech in this chapter Euphemism David spoke of his impending death using a euphemism: “I am going the way of all the earth.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Parallelism David wanted to emphasize the importance of obeying God to his son Solomon. He used parallelism, saying the same thing seven times using different words: “Keep the commands of Yahweh your God to walk in his ways, to obey his statutes, his commandments, his decisions, and his covenant decrees, being careful to do what is written in the law of Moses.” Some languages have other ways of emphasizing an idea. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
254	2:1	ia4n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּקְרְב֥וּ יְמֵֽי־דָוִ֖ד לָ⁠מ֑וּת	1	Here the author indicates that David was going to die very soon, and he implies that David knew it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the time of David’s death was near” or “And David knew that he was about to die”
255	2:1	brjt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹֽר	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and this is what he said:”
256	2:2	v679		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	אָנֹכִ֣י הֹלֵ֔ךְ בְּ⁠דֶ֖רֶךְ כָּל־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	David is referring to his own death in a polite way by using the phrase I {am} going in the way of all the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “I am going to pass away soon” or “I will soon experience death”
257	2:2	aqlc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	וְ⁠חָזַקְתָּ֖ וְ⁠הָיִ֥יתָֽ לְ⁠אִֽישׁ	1	The clauses you shall be strong and you shall become a man mean similar things. David is using the two clauses together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “And you shall be very strong” or “And you shall act like a man”
258	2:2	f68k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠חָזַקְתָּ֖	1	Here David speaks as if he wants Solomon to be physically strong. He means that he wants Solomon to be bold and brave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And you shall have courage” or “And you shall be brave”
259	2:2	n19l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠הָיִ֥יתָֽ לְ⁠אִֽישׁ	1	Here, the phrase become a man indicates that David wants Solomon to be courageous and confident. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you shall become stouthearted” or “and you shall become confident”
260	2:3	raca		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	וְ⁠שָׁמַרְתָּ֞ אֶת־מִשְׁמֶ֣רֶת ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗י⁠ךָ	1	Here, keep the keeping is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “and you shall carefully fulfill your obligation to Yahweh your God”
261	2:3	qur0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	אֶת־מִשְׁמֶ֣רֶת ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗י⁠ךָ	1	Here, David is using the possessive form to describe keeping that is required by Yahweh your God. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh your God requires you to keep:”
262	2:3	k77e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗י⁠ךָ	1	Here David emphasizes that Yahweh is Solomon’s God, but he implies that Yahweh is his God as well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, your God and mine,”
263	2:3	z9rt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לָ⁠לֶ֤כֶת בִּ⁠דְרָכָי⁠ו֙	1	David speaks of obeying God as if it were walking in God‘s ways. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to act as he desires” or “to live your life in the way that he wishes”
264	2:3	dgdh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	חֻקֹּתָ֤י⁠ו מִצְוֺתָי⁠ו֙ וּ⁠מִשְׁפָּטָ֣י⁠ו וְ⁠עֵדְוֺתָ֔י⁠ו	1	The terms statutes, commandments, judgments, and testimonies mean similar things. David is using these four terms together to refer to every kind of command and requirement that God has given. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use one, two, or three terms that together refer to every command that God has given. Alternate translation: “his commandments and his judgments and his requirements” or “all his commandments”
265	2:3	pppa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	חֻקֹּתָ֤י⁠ו מִצְוֺתָי⁠ו֙ וּ⁠מִשְׁפָּטָ֣י⁠ו וְ⁠עֵדְוֺתָ֔י⁠ו	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for some or all of the ideas in this list, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what he has required, commanded, decided, and testified to”
266	2:3	o111		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	כַּ⁠כָּת֖וּב בְּ⁠תוֹרַ֣ת מֹשֶׁ֑ה	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject or indicate that Moses did it. Alternate translation: “as people wrote in the law of Moses”
267	2:3	dd23		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֥ר תִּפְנֶ֖ה שָֽׁם	1	The expression everywhere that you turn there contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “everywhere you turn”
268	2:4	rt48		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יָקִ֨ים יְהוָ֜ה אֶת־דְּבָר֗⁠וֹ	1	Here David speaks as if Yahweh’s word were an object that Yahweh could cause to stand. He means that Yahweh will do what he said in his word. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh may establish his word” or “Yahweh may fulfill his word”
269	2:4	o4i3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֶת־דְּבָר֗⁠וֹ	1	Here, word represents what Yahweh said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what he said”
270	2:4	au8l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	לֵ⁠אמֹר֒ אִם־יִשְׁמְר֨וּ בָנֶ֜י⁠ךָ אֶת־דַּרְכָּ֗⁠ם לָ⁠לֶ֤כֶת לְ⁠פָנַ⁠י֙ בֶּ⁠אֱמֶ֔ת בְּ⁠כָל־לְבָבָ֖⁠ם וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־נַפְשָׁ֑⁠ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֕ר לֹֽא־יִכָּרֵ֤ת לְ⁠ךָ֙ אִ֔ישׁ מֵ⁠עַ֖ל כִּסֵּ֥א יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that, if my sons keep their way, to walk to Yahweh’s face in truth with all their heart and with all their soul, then a man for me will not be cut off from on the throne of Israel.”
271	2:4	vbsq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹר֒ & לֵ⁠אמֹ֕ר	1	If you preserve the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. David repeats the word saying to emphasize that Yahweh said these words. Consider how you might express this emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “when he himself said … and then he added”
272	2:4	zt1t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יִשְׁמְר֨וּ בָנֶ֜י⁠ךָ אֶת־דַּרְכָּ֗⁠ם לָ⁠לֶ֤כֶת לְ⁠פָנַ⁠י֙	1	Yahweh speaks of obeying him as if it were keeping a way and as if it were walking before his face. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your sons will continue to obey, doing what I desire” or “your sons continue to live their lives in the ways that I wish”
273	2:4	o789		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	בָנֶ֜י⁠ךָ	1	Yahweh is using sons to represent David’s descendants in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your offspring” or “the people descended from you”
274	2:4	pe8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בֶּ⁠אֱמֶ֔ת	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of trust, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a trustworthy way” or “sincerely”
275	2:4	m9j1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠כָל־לְבָבָ֖⁠ם וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־נַפְשָׁ֑⁠ם	1	In David’s culture, the heart is the place where humans think and feel, and the soul represents a person’s life with special focus on that person’s identity and actions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate heart and soul by referring to the part of the body where humans do and experience these things in your culture or by expressing the ideas plainly. Alternate translation: “in whatever they desire and in whatever they do”
276	2:4	nigt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	לְבָבָ֖⁠ם & נַפְשָׁ֑⁠ם	1	If it would not be natural in your language to speak as if a group of people had only one heart and one soul, you could use the plural form of that word in your translation. Alternate translation: “their hearts … their souls”
277	2:4	dul9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לֹֽא־יִכָּרֵ֤ת & מֵ⁠עַ֖ל כִּסֵּ֥א יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	Here Yahweh speaks as if a king were a branch that could be cut off. He is referring to how a king could be stopped from reigning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not be prevented from sitting on the throne of Israel”
278	2:4	qtik		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	לֹֽא־יִכָּרֵ֤ת & מֵ⁠עַ֖ל	1	Yahweh is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, not, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning, cut off. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “will certainly continue” or “will most definitely remain on”
279	2:4	j114		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מֵ⁠עַ֖ל כִּסֵּ֥א יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	Here, throne of Israel represents rule and authority as king over Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from reigning over Israel” or “from being king of Israel”
280	2:5	j6vn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	אַתָּ֣ה יָדַ֡עְתָּ	1	David uses the word yourself to emphasize that Solomon knows what he is about say. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “as for you, you know”
281	2:5	cooo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	צְרוּיָ֗ה	1	The word Zeruiah is the name of a woman. She was David’s sister.
282	2:5	vc4k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֵת֩ אֲשֶׁר־עָ֨שָׂה לִ֜⁠י יוֹאָ֣ב בֶּן־צְרוּיָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשָׂ֣ה לִ⁠שְׁנֵֽי־שָׂרֵ֣י	1	Here David could mean that: (1) Joab did bad things to David by doing bad things to the two commanders. Alternate translation: “what Joab the son of Zeruiah did to me. I mean what he did to two of the commanders of” (2) Joab did bad things both to David and to the two commanders. Alternate translation: “what Joab the son of Zeruiah did to me and also what he did to two of the commanders of”
283	2:5	r4du		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	נֵ֜ר וְ⁠לַ⁠עֲמָשָׂ֤א & יֶ֨תֶר֙	1	The words Ner, Amasa, and Jether are the names of men.
284	2:5	b4pg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם דְּמֵֽי־מִלְחָמָ֖ה בְּ⁠שָׁלֹ֑ם וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֞ן דְּמֵ֣י מִלְחָמָ֗ה	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of bloodshed, war, and peace, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “And he shed blood during a peaceful time as if it were a time to fight, and when he fought, he shed blood”
285	2:5	dfd6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם דְּמֵֽי־מִלְחָמָ֖ה בְּ⁠שָׁלֹ֑ם	1	Here David speaks as if peace were a container into which Joab put the bloodshed of war. He could mean that Joab: (1) killed people during a time of peace as if it were a time of war. Alternate translation: “And caused bloodshed during peace as if it were war” (2) took revenge during a time of peace against people who had killed others during a war. Alternate translation: “And he took revenge during peace for bloodshed that occurred in a war”
286	2:5	x43i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֞ן דְּמֵ֣י מִלְחָמָ֗ה בַּ⁠חֲגֹֽרָת⁠וֹ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠מָתְנָ֔י⁠ו וּֽ⁠בְ⁠נַעֲל֖⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּ⁠רַגְלָֽי⁠ו	1	Here David speaks as if bloodshed were on Joab’s belt and sandal. He could mean that: (1) Joab is always guilty for what he did, as surely as if his clothes were stained with blood. Alternate translation: “and it is as if killing people were clothing that he always wears” or “and he is always responsible for the bloodshed of war that he has caused” (2) Joab actually spilled blood on his belt and sandal when he killed Abner and Amasa. Alternate translation: “and he got the blood of the people he killed on his belt, which was on his loins, and on his sandal, which was on his feet”
287	2:5	sr4k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	וּֽ⁠בְ⁠נַעֲל֖⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּ⁠רַגְלָֽי⁠ו	1	In this verse, the word sandal is singular in form, but it refers to both of Joab’s sandals together. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “on his sandals, which were on his feet”
288	2:6	qr9o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	כְּ⁠חָכְמָתֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of wisdom, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what you consider to be wise”
289	2:6	dzhg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וְ⁠לֹֽא־תוֹרֵ֧ד שֵׂיבָת֛⁠וֹ בְּ⁠שָׁלֹ֖ם שְׁאֹֽל	1	David is referring to Joab’s death in a polite way by referring to going down to Sheol. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “and you shall not let his gray hair pass away in peace” or “and you shall not let his gray hair experience death in peace”
290	2:6	hm11		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠לֹֽא־תוֹרֵ֧ד שֵׂיבָת֛⁠וֹ	1	Here, gray hair represents an old person who has gray hair. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you shall not let him live till he is old and can go down” or “and you shall not let him live a long time and then go down”
291	2:6	dil0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בְּ⁠שָׁלֹ֖ם	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of peace, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a peaceful way” or “nonviolently”
292	2:7	k9ar		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	וְ⁠לִ⁠בְנֵ֨י	1	Although the term sons is masculine, David is using the word in a generic sense that could include both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “And to the descendants of” or “And to the sons and daughters of”
293	2:7	p85c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בַרְזִלַּ֤י	1	The word Barzillai is the name of a man.
294	2:7	y22p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	תַּֽעֲשֶׂה־חֶ֔סֶד	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of faithfulness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “be faithful” or “be loyal”
295	2:7	tcu5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	שֻׁלְחָנֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	Here, table represents the food and drink that Solomon has and gives to others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what you supply to them” or “from your own provisions”
296	2:7	aa0m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	כֵן֙ קָרְב֣וּ אֵלַ֔⁠י	1	Here David speaks as if Barzillai and his children physically came near to him. He means that they helped him by bringing him food and drink. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so they came to my aid” or “that is how they assisted me”
297	2:7	e1jd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י אַבְשָׁל֥וֹם	1	Here, face represents the presence of the person whose face it is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from before Absalom”
298	2:8	x82j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	וְ⁠הִנֵּ֣ה	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of Solomon and asks him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen, or you could use a different form that draws someone’s attention. Alternate translation: “Now listen:” or “And pay attention”
299	2:8	l8ys		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	גֵּרָ֥א	1	The word Gera is the name of a man.
300	2:8	r5e7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מִ⁠בַּחֻרִים֒ & מַחֲנָ֑יִם	1	The words Bahurim and Mahanaim are the names of towns. Bahurim was near Jerusalem, probably to the northeast. Mahanaim was further northeast of Jerusalem, across the Jordan River.
301	2:8	ec5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	וְ⁠ה֤וּא קִֽלְלַ֨⁠נִי֙ קְלָלָ֣ה נִמְרֶ֔צֶת	1	Here, cursed me with a powerful curse is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “And he himself cursed me very powerfully” or “And he himself used a forceful curse against me”
302	2:8	hypy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	וְ⁠ה֤וּא קִֽלְלַ֨⁠נִי֙ & וְ⁠הֽוּא־יָרַ֤ד	1	David uses the word himself to emphasize how significant it was that Shimei was the one who did these things. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “It was he who cursed me … And it was he who went down”
303	2:8	rg7k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּ⁠י֖וֹם לֶכְתִּ֣⁠י מַחֲנָ֑יִם וְ⁠הֽוּא־יָרַ֤ד לִ⁠קְרָאתִ⁠י֙ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן	1	Here David is referring to how he fled from his son Absalom and went to Mahanaim, which is when Shimei cursed him (see 2 Samuel 16:5–10). Then, David refers to how he returned to Jerusalem after Absalom’s death. When he was about to cross the Jordan to go back to Jerusalem, Shimei met him and asked for forgiveness (see 2 Samuel 19:15–23). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make those ideas more explicit or include some extra information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “on of my going to Mahanaim to escape from Absalom. And he himself went down to meet me at the Jordan when I was returning to Jerusalem”
304	2:8	y6mq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	לֶכְתִּ֣⁠י & וְ⁠הֽוּא־יָרַ֤ד	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” and “came” instead of going and went. Alternate translation: “my coming … And he himself came down”
305	2:8	wtzu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula	וָ⁠אֶשָּׁ֨בַֽע ל֤⁠וֹ בַֽ⁠יהוָה֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר אִם־אֲמִֽיתְ⁠ךָ֖ בֶּ⁠חָֽרֶב	1	Here David speaks about how he swore an oath by Yahweh guaranteeing that he would not kill Shimei. He only states the condition part of the oath, but he implies that he stated that something bad would happen to him if he broke the oath. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include the implied part of the oath. Alternate translation: “and I swore before Yahweh to him, saying, ‘May God should punish me if I kill you with the sword’” or “and I solemnly promised Yahweh before him, saying, ‘I will not kill you with the sword’”
306	2:8	hf2n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר אִם־אֲמִֽיתְ⁠ךָ֖ בֶּ⁠חָֽרֶב	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that I would not kill him with the sword”
307	2:8	g5lg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר	1	If you preserve the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and I said”
308	2:8	oug7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֲמִֽיתְ⁠ךָ֖	1	Here David implies that he would have one of his soldiers kill Shimei. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will have a soldier kill you”
309	2:8	nzg7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	בֶּ⁠חָֽרֶב	1	The word sword represents any sword, not one particular sword. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with a sword” or “by using a sword”
310	2:9	tvd1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	כִּ֛י	1	Here, the word For introduces a further explanation of how Solomon should treat Shimei. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “Here is what I mean:”
311	2:9	wrv9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וְ⁠הוֹרַדְתָּ֧ אֶת־שֵׂיבָת֛⁠וֹ בְּ⁠דָ֖ם שְׁאֽוֹל	1	David is referring to Shimei’s death in a polite way by referring to going down to Sheol. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “And you shall cause his gray hair to pass away with blood” or “And you shall cause his gray hair to experience death with blood”
312	2:9	kbd6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠הוֹרַדְתָּ֧ אֶת־שֵׂיבָת֛⁠וֹ	1	Here, gray hair represents an old person who has gray hair. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And you shall cause him, when he is old, to go down” or “And you shall cause that old man to go down”
313	2:9	y00e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠דָ֖ם	1	Here, blood represents violence, specifically a violent death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in a violent way” or “by execution”
314	2:10	rlu4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וַ⁠יִּשְׁכַּ֥ב דָּוִ֖ד עִם־אֲבֹתָ֑י⁠ו	1	The author is referring to David’s death in a polite way by using the phrase lay down with his fathers, which refers to being buried near one’s ancestors. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “And David passed away” or “And David completed his life”
315	2:10	h7jt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יִּקָּבֵ֖ר	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “and they buried him”
316	2:10	abv5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּ⁠עִ֥יר דָּוִֽד	1	Here, the phrase the city of David refers to a specific area within the southeastern part of the city of Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem, in the section called the city of David”
317	2:11	ytyn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וְ⁠הַ⁠יָּמִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר מָלַ֤ךְ דָּוִד֙ עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל אַרְבָּעִ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה בְּ⁠חֶבְר֤וֹן מָלַךְ֙ שֶׁ֣בַע שָׁנִ֔ים וּ⁠בִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֣ם מָלַ֔ךְ שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים וְ⁠שָׁלֹ֖שׁ שָׁנִֽים	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could give the smaller numbers first and then state the total. Alternate translation: “David reigned in Hebron seven years, and he reigned in Jerusalem 33 years. So, all the days that David reigned over Israel {were} 40 years”
318	2:11	f3w5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠הַ⁠יָּמִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר מָלַ֤ךְ דָּוִד֙ עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל אַרְבָּעִ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Here, the word days refers to any period of time, not just to a period of a few days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the length of time that David reigned over Israel was 40 years” or “And David reigned over Israel for 40 years”
319	2:12	nhg1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	יָשַׁ֕ב עַל־כִּסֵּ֖א דָּוִ֣ד אָבִ֑י⁠ו	1	When a person sits on a throne, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the idea in 1:13. Alternate translation: “sat on the throne to rule after David his father” or “sat on the throne of David his father as king”
320	2:12	p55b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠תִּכֹּ֥ן מַלְכֻת֖⁠וֹ מְאֹֽד	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could indicate: (1) that it was God. Alternate translation: “and God established his kingdom very much” (2) that it was Solomon himself. Alternate translation: “and Solomon established his kingdom very much”
321	2:13	crhz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	חַגֵּ֗ית	1	The word Haggith is the name of a woman. She was one of David’s wives.
322	2:13	mvhu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֞א אֲדֹנִיָּ֣הוּ בֶן־חַגֵּ֗ית	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “And Adonijah the son of Haggith went”
323	2:13	edr5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	הֲ⁠שָׁל֣וֹם בֹּאֶ֑⁠ךָ & שָׁלֽוֹם	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of peace, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Is your coming peaceful … It is peaceful” or “Are you coming peacefully … I am coming peacefully”
324	2:14	goip		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	דָּבָ֥ר לִ֖⁠י אֵלָ֑יִ⁠ךְ	1	Here, word represents something that Adonijah wants to say using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “There is something that I want to say to you” or “I have a matter that I wish to speak to you about”
325	2:15	l6zs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	אַ֤תְּ יָדַ֨עַתְּ֙	1	Adonijah uses the word yourself to emphasize that Bathsheba knows what he is about to say. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “As for you, you know”
326	2:15	jbz5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠עָלַ֞⁠י שָׂ֧מוּ כָֽל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל פְּנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם לִ⁠מְלֹ֑ךְ	1	Here Adonijah speaks as if all Israel had turned their faces toward him, expecting and even wanting him to reign. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and all Israel was expecting me to reign” or “and all Israel assumed that I would reign”
327	2:15	c7ex		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	כָֽל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל	1	Adonijah says all here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “the majority of Israel”
328	2:15	zv37		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	וַ⁠תִּסֹּ֤ב הַ⁠מְּלוּכָה֙ וַ⁠תְּהִ֣י לְ⁠אָחִ֔⁠י	1	Here, Adonijah speaks of the kingship as if it were a person who could have turned around and been for his brother. He means that the situation changed, and Solomon was the one who received the kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But the situation changed, and the kingdom was for my brother” or “But, despite what I expected, the kingdom was for my brother”
329	2:15	lxrz			מֵ⁠יְהוָ֖ה הָ֥יְתָה לּֽ⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave it to him” or “Yahweh designated it for him”
330	2:16	lg4v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	שְׁאֵלָ֤ה אַחַת֙ אָֽנֹכִי֙ שֹׁאֵ֣ל מֵֽ⁠אִתָּ֔⁠ךְ	1	Here, requesting one request is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “I am making one request of you”
331	2:16	ceu4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אַל־תָּשִׁ֖בִי אֶת־פָּנָ֑⁠י	1	Here Adonijah speaks as if Bathsheba might physically turn back his face. He means that she might reject his request and shame him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do not shame me by rejecting me” or “do not say no to what I request”
332	2:17	wyej		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	אִמְרִי־נָא֙ לִ⁠שְׁלֹמֹ֣ה הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ כִּ֥י לֹֽא־יָשִׁ֖יב אֶת־פָּנָ֑יִ⁠ךְ	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Solomon the king will not turn back your face, so please speak to him”
333	2:17	yj4w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לֹֽא־יָשִׁ֖יב אֶת־פָּנָ֑יִ⁠ךְ	1	Here Adonijah speaks as if he is confident that Solomon will not physically turn back Bathsheba’s face. He means that he is sure that Solomon will not reject her request nor shame her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will not shame you by rejecting you” or “he will not say no to what you request”
334	2:17	k5fq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֲבִישַׁ֥ג	1	The word Abishag is the name of a woman.
335	2:17	flbb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	הַ⁠שּׁוּנַמִּ֖ית	1	The word Shunammite refers to someone who is from the town of Shunem, which was in the hill country to the southwest of the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer more directly to the town of Shunem. See how you translated this word in 1:3. Alternate translation: “from Shunem”
336	2:18	j4n6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ט֑וֹב	1	Here, the word Good indicates that Bathsheba agrees that Adonijah’s request is appropriate and that she will ask the king about it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Okay” or “I think that is appropriate;”
337	2:18	up59		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	אָנֹכִ֕י אֲדַבֵּ֥ר	1	Bathsheba uses the word myself to emphasize that she is the one who speak to the king. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “I am the one who will speak”
338	2:19	u8x9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠תָּבֹ֤א בַת־שֶׁ֨בַע֙	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “And Bathsheba went”
339	2:19	taa6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֣חוּ לָ֗⁠הּ	1	In Bathsheba’s culture, when people prostrated themselves to someone else, they were honoring and respecting that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “and he prostrated himself to her in respect” or “and he prostrated himself to honor her”
340	2:19	hdv2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יָּ֤שֶׂם כִּסֵּא֙	1	Here the author implies that Solomon told some of his servants or attendants to set the throne at his right side. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And he told his servants to set a throne”
341	2:19	xwh6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לְ⁠אֵ֣ם הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ	1	Here the author assumes that his readers will know that the mother of the king is Bathsheba. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “for Bathsheba, the mother of the king”
342	2:19	sxlc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִֽ⁠ימִינֽ⁠וֹ	1	Here, the phrases to his right hand refers to the place next to Solomon’s right hand, which would be the right side. In the Bathsheba’s culture, this side were associated with honor or authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the “right side.” Be sure that your readers understand that this side indicates that Bathsheba has honor and authority when she sits there. Alternate translation: “on the side to his right” or “in the honorable place at his right side”
343	2:20	t2uf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	שְׁאֵלָ֨ה אַחַ֤ת קְטַנָּה֙ אָֽנֹכִי֙ שֹׁאֶ֣לֶת מֵֽ⁠אִתָּ֔⁠ךְ	1	Here, One small request I am requesting is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. See how you translated the similar form in 2:16. Alternate translation: “I am making one small request of you”
344	2:20	z967		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אַל־תָּ֖שֶׁב אֶת־פָּנָ֑⁠י & לֹֽא־אָשִׁ֖יב אֶת־פָּנָֽיִ⁠ךְ	1	Here Bathsheba and Solomon speaks as if Solomon could physically turn back Bathsheba’s face. They mean Solomon could choose to reject her request and shame her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar figure of speech in 2:16. Alternate translation: “do not shame me by rejecting me … I will not shame you by rejecting you” or “do not say no to what I request … I will not say no to what you request”
345	2:20	ma44		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	שַׁאֲלִ֣י אִמִּ֔⁠י כִּ֥י לֹֽא־אָשִׁ֖יב אֶת־פָּנָֽיִ⁠ךְ	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “I will not turn back your face, so request, my mother”
346	2:21	h2tv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יֻתַּ֖ן אֶת־אֲבִישַׁ֣ג הַ⁠שֻּׁנַמִּ֑ית	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be Solomon. Alternate translation: “Give Abishag the Shunammite”
347	2:21	hu72		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶת־אֲבִישַׁ֣ג הַ⁠שֻּׁנַמִּ֑ית	1	The phrase Abishag the Shunammite is the name of a woman who was from the town of Shunem. See how you translated this phrase in 2:17.
348	2:22	b025		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	וַ⁠יַּעַן֩ הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹ֜ה וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לְ⁠אִמּ֗⁠וֹ	1	The two words answered and said express a single idea. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “And the king Solomon answered by saying to his mother” or “And the king Solomon responded to his mother”
349	2:22	d8bh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	וְ⁠לָ⁠מָה֩ אַ֨תְּ שֹׁאֶ֜לֶת אֶת־אֲבִישַׁ֤ג הַ⁠שֻּׁנַמִּית֙ לַ⁠אֲדֹ֣נִיָּ֔הוּ	1	Solomon is using the question form to rebuke Bathsheba. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I am not pleased that you are requesting Abishag the Shunammite for Adonijah.” or “No longer request Abishag the Shunammite for Adonijah!”
350	2:22	ppkp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶת־אֲבִישַׁ֤ג הַ⁠שֻּׁנַמִּית֙	1	The phrase Abishag the Shunammite is the name of a woman who was from the town of Shunem. See how you translated this phrase in 2:17.
351	2:22	vot7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠שַֽׁאֲלִי־ל⁠וֹ֙ אֶת־הַ⁠מְּלוּכָ֔ה כִּ֛י ה֥וּא אָחִ֖⁠י הַ⁠גָּד֣וֹל מִמֶּ֑⁠נִּי וְ⁠ל⁠וֹ֙ וּ⁠לְ⁠אֶבְיָתָ֣ר הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן וּ⁠לְ⁠יוֹאָ֖ב בֶּן־צְרוּיָֽה	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes, and the third clause gives more information about what the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Then, since he is my brother, older than I, request for him the kingship, for him and for Abiathar the priest and for Joab the son of Zeruiah”
352	2:22	esed		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	וְ⁠שַֽׁאֲלִי־ל⁠וֹ֙ אֶת־הַ⁠מְּלוּכָ֔ה	1	Here Solomon commands the opposite of what he wants in order to make a point. He means that asking him to allow Adonijah to marry Abishag is like asking him to give the kingdom to Adonijah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are really requesting for him the kingdom” or “You might as well request for him the kingdom”
353	2:22	ebii		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ה֥וּא אָחִ֖⁠י הַ⁠גָּד֣וֹל מִמֶּ֑⁠נִּי	1	In Solomon’s culture, the oldest son of a king was usually the son who became the next king. Solomon is implying that Adonijah is already older than him, so if he married one of David’s closest attendants, he would have an even stronger claim to be the real king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he already has a claim to be king because he is my brother, older than I” or “marrying Abishag would make it even easier for him, as my older brother, to become king”
354	2:22	duhw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	צְרוּיָֽה	1	The word Zeruiah is the name of a woman. She was David’s sister.
355	2:23	zem8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula	וַ⁠יִּשָּׁבַע֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹ֔ה בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה	1	Here Solomon swears an oath by Yahweh. Use a natural way in your language to introduce an oath. Alternate translation: “And the king Solomon swore before Yahweh” or “And the king Solomon solemnly promised Yahweh”
356	2:23	mr9m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
357	2:23	sfd4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula	כֹּ֣ה יַֽעֲשֶׂה־לִּ֤⁠י אֱלֹהִים֙ וְ⁠כֹ֣ה יוֹסִ֔יף כִּ֣י בְ⁠נַפְשׁ֔⁠וֹ דִּבֶּר֙ אֲדֹ֣נִיָּ֔הוּ אֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֖ר הַ⁠זֶּֽה	1	Here Solomon asks God to do bad things to him, and to add even more bad things, if what he is about to say is not true. He only states what is true about Adonijah, but he implies that the oath will apply if what he says is not true. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include the implied part of the oath. Alternate translation: “Thus may God do evil to me, and thus may he add even more evil, if it is not true that by his life Adonijah has spoken this word” or “May God cause very many bad things to happen to me unless by his life Adonijah has spoken this word”
358	2:23	ynb5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בְ⁠נַפְשׁ֔⁠וֹ דִּבֶּר֙ אֲדֹ֣נִיָּ֔הוּ אֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֖ר הַ⁠זֶּֽה	1	Here, the phrase by his life could indicate that: (1) Adonijah risked his life by asking to marry Abishag. Alternate translation: “Adonijah has risked his life by speaking this word” (2) Adonijah would die for asking to marry Abishag. Alternate translation: “Adonijah will die for speaking this word”
359	2:23	fml4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בְ⁠נַפְשׁ֔⁠וֹ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of life, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by how he lives”
360	2:23	yol6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֖ר הַ⁠זֶּֽה	1	Here, word represents what Adonijah asked using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this request”
361	2:24	qn96		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula	חַי־יְהוָה֙	1	Here Solomon makes an oath that he will do what he promises at the end of this verse. He is indicating that people can rely on his promise as much as they can rely on the fact that Yahweh is alive. Use a natural way in your language to express this kind of oath. Alternate translation: “as certainly as Yahweh is alive” or “you can be as confident about this as you are that Yahweh is alive”
362	2:24	ac1q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַיּֽוֹשִׁיבַ֙נִי֙ עַל־כִּסֵּא֙ דָּוִ֣ד אָבִ֔⁠י	1	When a person sits on a throne, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the idea in 1:13. Alternate translation: “and caused me to sit on the throne to rule after David my father” or “and caused me to sit on the throne of David my father as king”
363	2:24	k151		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	עָֽשָׂה־לִ֛⁠י בַּ֖יִת	1	Here, house represents represents Solomon’s descendants, who will reign as kings after him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “has made for me a dynasty” or “has caused my offspring to be kings after me”
364	2:24	db8v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	כִּ֣י	1	Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I declare that” or “I swear that”
365	2:24	udei		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יוּמַ֖ת אֲדֹנִיָּֽהוּ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that Solomon would command his servants or soldiers to do it. Alternate translation: “I will tell my soldiers to kill Adonijah”
366	2:25	eqm9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַח֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹ֔ה בְּ⁠יַ֖ד בְּנָיָ֣הוּ בֶן־יְהוֹיָדָ֑ע	1	Here, hand represents what a person does. In this case, Solomon sent Benaiah to act for him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the king Solomon sent Benaiah the son of Jehoiada to act for him” or “And the king Solomon told Benaiah the son of Jehoiada what to do”
367	2:25	kqax		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת	1	Here, the word and introduces what happened as a result of Benaiah attacking Adonijah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “so that he died” or “and as a result, he died”
368	2:26	jlcx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	עֲנָתֹת֙ לֵ֣ךְ עַל־שָׂדֶ֔י⁠ךָ כִּ֛י אִ֥ישׁ מָ֖וֶת אָ֑תָּה	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the command that the first clause gives. Alternate translation: “Because you are a man of death, go to Anathoth, to your fields”
369	2:26	w4ap		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	לֵ֣ךְ	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “Come” instead of Go. Alternate translation: “Come”
370	2:26	kb4j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	עֲנָתֹת֙	1	The word Anathoth is the name of a town close to Jerusalem, to the northeast.
371	2:26	lzrg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	אִ֥ישׁ מָ֖וֶת	1	Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a man who deserves death. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “are a man who deserves death”
372	2:26	h1qm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	אִ֥ישׁ מָ֖וֶת	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “are a man who should die”
373	2:26	ecby		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֜ה לֹ֣א אֲמִיתֶ֗⁠ךָ כִּֽי־נָשָׂ֜אתָ אֶת־אֲר֨וֹן אֲדֹנָ֤⁠י יְהֹוִה֙ לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ דָּוִ֣ד אָבִ֔⁠י וְ⁠כִ֣י הִתְעַנִּ֔יתָ בְּ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶֽׁר־הִתְעַנָּ֖ה אָבִֽ⁠י	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second and third clauses give reasons for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “but because you lifted the box of the Lord Yahweh to the face of David my father, and because you were afflicted with all that my father was afflicted, on this day I will not kill you”
374	2:26	y9tr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לֹ֣א אֲמִיתֶ֗⁠ךָ	1	Here Solomon implies that he will not have one of his soldiers kill Abiathar. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will not have a soldier kill you”
375	2:26	pxj3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	נָשָׂ֜אתָ אֶת־אֲר֨וֹן אֲדֹנָ֤⁠י יְהֹוִה֙ לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ דָּוִ֣ד אָבִ֔⁠י	1	Here Solomon means that Abiathar was the leading priest for David, and he was responsible for the box of the Lord Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you were the priest who was responsible for the box of the Lord Yahweh for David my father”
376	2:26	xm7p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	הִתְעַנִּ֔יתָ בְּ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶֽׁר־הִתְעַנָּ֖ה אָבִֽ⁠י	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “you experienced all the affliction that my father experienced” or “people afflicted you with all that they afflicted my father with”
377	2:27	q79l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	לְ⁠מַלֵּא֙ אֶת־דְּבַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה	1	Here, the phrase to fulfill introduces a result from Solomon’s action. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “so that the word of Yahweh was fulfilled” or “with the result that the word of Yahweh was fulfilled”
378	2:27	pkk6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֶת־דְּבַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה	1	Here, word represents what Yahweh said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message from Yahweh” or “what Yahweh had declared”
379	2:27	hzt8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עַל־בֵּ֥ית עֵלִ֖י בְּ⁠שִׁלֹֽה	1	Here the author assumes that his audience will know that Abiathar was a descendant of Eli, who was a priest many years before Solomon was born. The author is referring to how God sent a prophet to Eli to tell him that his descendants would someday no longer be priests. You can read what the prophet said in 1 Samuel 2:27–36. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of this information more explicit, or you could include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “at Shiloh about how there would no longer be priests from the house of Eli, from whom Abiathar was descended”
380	2:27	ejnw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בֵּ֥ית עֵלִ֖י	1	Here, house represents the family and descendants of Eli. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the offspring of Eli” or “Eli’s family”
381	2:28	vbx7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁמֻעָה֙ בָּ֣אָה עַד־יוֹאָ֔ב כִּ֣י יוֹאָ֗ב נָטָה֙ אַחֲרֵ֣י אֲדֹנִיָּ֔ה וְ⁠אַחֲרֵ֥י אַבְשָׁל֖וֹם לֹ֣א נָטָ֑ה וַ⁠יָּ֤נָס יוֹאָב֙ אֶל־אֹ֣הֶל יְהוָ֔ה וַֽ⁠יַּחֲזֵ֖ק בְּ⁠קַרְנ֥וֹת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ	1	Here, the statement for Joab had turned aside after Adonijah, but he had not turned aside after Absalom could indicate the reason: (1) why Joab behaved as he did when he heard the report. Alternate translation: “And the report came as far as Joab. Then, because Joab had turned aside after Adonijah, but he had not turned aside after Absalom, Joab fled to the tent of Yahweh and he grasped the horns of the altar” (2) why gave the report to Joab. Alternate translation: “And, because Joab had turned aside after Adonijah, but he had not turned aside after Absalom, the report came as far as Joab. And Joab fled to the tent of Yahweh and he grasped the horns of the altar”
382	2:28	bnc9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	וְ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁמֻעָה֙ בָּ֣אָה עַד־יוֹאָ֔ב	1	Here, the author speaks of the report as if it were a person who could come as far as Joab. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the report was heard by Joab” or “And Joab heard the report”
383	2:28	td8s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יוֹאָ֗ב נָטָה֙ אַחֲרֵ֣י אֲדֹנִיָּ֔ה וְ⁠אַחֲרֵ֥י אַבְשָׁל֖וֹם לֹ֣א נָטָ֑ה	1	Here the author speaks of supporting and serving someone as king as if it were turning aside after that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Joab had followed Adonijah, but he had not followed Absalom” or “Joab had served Adonijah, but he had not served Absalom”
384	2:28	zpq5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַֽ⁠יַּחֲזֵ֖ק בְּ⁠קַרְנ֥וֹת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ	1	In Joab’s culture, people who grasped the horns of the altar were considered to be protected by God and would not be taken away and punished unless someone could prove that they had really done something wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated the similar clause in 1:50. Alternate translation: “and he grasped the horns of the altar for protection” or “and he grasped the horns of the altar to keep himself safe”
385	2:29	t39e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יֻּגַּ֞ד לַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “And a person told the king”
386	2:29	fbft		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	שְׁלֹמֹ֗ה כִּ֣י נָ֤ס יוֹאָב֙ אֶל־אֹ֣הֶל יְהוָ֔ה וְ⁠הִנֵּ֖ה אֵ֣צֶל הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חַ	1	It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “Solomon, ‘Joab has fled to teh tent of Yahweh, and behold, he is beside the altar.’”
387	2:29	l51w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הִנֵּ֖ה אֵ֣צֶל הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חַ וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֨ח שְׁלֹמֹ֜ה	1	Some translations include some additional material about what happened between when Solomon learned where Joab had fled and when he commanded Benaiah to attack Joab. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, and if it includes this additional material, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
388	2:29	xe4i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	וְ⁠הִנֵּ֖ה	1	Here, the word behold draws the attention of the king and asks him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen, or you could use a different form that draws a person’s attention. Alternate translation: “and picture this” or “and listen”
389	2:29	oeec		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	אֶת־בְּנָיָ֧הוּ בֶן־יְהוֹיָדָ֛ע לֵ⁠אמֹ֖ר לֵ֥ךְ פְּגַע־בּֽ⁠וֹ	1	It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “Benaiah the son of Jehoiada to go and attack him”
390	2:29	pb71		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹ֖ר	1	If you preserve the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he told him”
391	2:29	xgq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	לֵ֥ךְ	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “Come” instead of Go. Alternate translation: “Come”
392	2:30	pk4u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨א בְנָיָ֜הוּ	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “And Benaiah came”
393	2:30	wzxf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ צֵ֔א	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king says that you must come out!”
394	2:30	yzgo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	צֵ֔א	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “Go” instead of Come. Alternate translation: “Go out”
395	2:30	f7df		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	לֹ֖א כִּ֣י פֹ֣ה אָמ֑וּת	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Here I will die, so no”
396	2:30	hiwr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יָּ֨שֶׁב בְּנָיָ֤הוּ & דָּבָ֣ר	1	Here, word represents what Benaiah said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And Benaiah brought back a message” or “And Benaiah sent back a message”
397	2:30	u598		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”
398	2:30	wyk9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	כֹּֽה־דִבֶּ֥ר יוֹאָ֖ב וְ⁠כֹ֥ה עָנָֽ⁠נִי	1	The terms Thus Joab has spoken and thus he answered me mean similar things. Benaiah is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Thus Joab answered me”
399	2:30	hgow		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	כֹּֽה־דִבֶּ֥ר יוֹאָ֖ב וְ⁠כֹ֥ה עָנָֽ⁠נִי	1	Here, the words Thus and thus refer to what Joab said without repeating all the words he said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Joab has spoken these words, and with these words he answered me” or “Joab told me that he would not come out and that he would die there”
400	2:31	qfpl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠הֲסִירֹ֣תָ ׀ דְּמֵ֣י חִנָּ֗ם אֲשֶׁר֙ שָׁפַ֣ךְ יוֹאָ֔ב מֵ⁠עָלַ֕⁠י וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַ֖ל בֵּ֥ית אָבִֽ⁠י	1	Here Solomon speaks as if the bloodshed that Joab committed were a liquid that he had poured out on Solomon and the house of his father David, and he speaks as if killing Joab will remove this liquid from them. He means that the bloodshed that Joab committed causes Solomon and the house of his father David to be guilty, and that killing Joab will cause them no longer to be guilty. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you will cleanse me and the house of my father from the bloodshed without cause with which Joab stained us” or “and you will take away from me and from the house of my father the guilt of the bloodshed without cause that Joab caused”
401	2:31	qdz7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠הֲסִירֹ֣תָ	1	Here, the word and introduces what will happen as a result of Benaiah killing and burying Joab. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “so that you will remove” or “and so you will remove”
402	2:31	sj9u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בֵּ֥ית אָבִֽ⁠י	1	Here, house represents David’s family and descendants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the relatives of my father” or “the descendants of my father”
403	2:31	hhmu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	דְּמֵ֣י חִנָּ֗ם	1	Here, the phrase without cause indicates that the people Joab killed did not deserve to die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the bloodshed of innocent people” or “the unjust bloodshed”
404	2:32	uk13		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הֵשִׁיב֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֶת־דָּמ֜⁠וֹ עַל־רֹאשׁ֗⁠וֹ	1	Here Solomon speaks as if Yahweh will take the blood that Joab shed when he murdered people and return that blood onto Joab’s head. He means that Yahweh will punish Joab in a way that fits with the murders he committed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh will repay him for the blood that he has shed” or “And Yahweh will punish him for the murders he committed”
405	2:32	nci2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וְ⁠הֵשִׁיב֩ יְהוָ֨ה	1	Here, the word and introduces a second thing that will happen as a result of Benaiah killing and burying Joab (see 2:32). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “That way, Yahweh will return” or “When you do that, Yahweh will return”
406	2:32	ye9t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	אֲשֶׁ֣ר	1	Here, the word who introduces the reason why Yahweh will punish Joab. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason. Alternate translation: “because” or “since”
407	2:32	n2gh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	צַדִּקִ֨ים וְ⁠טֹבִ֤ים	1	The terms righteous and better mean similar things. Solomon is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “better” or “much more righteous”
408	2:32	l5g5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	בַּ⁠חֶ֔רֶב	1	The word sword represents any sword, not one particular sword. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with a sword” or “by using a sword”
409	2:32	d6ge		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אָבִ֥⁠י דָוִ֖ד לֹ֣א יָדָ֑ע	1	Here Solomon implies that David did not know what Joab was planning and did not approve of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and my father David did not realize what Joab was going to do” or “and my father David neither knew nor approved of it”
410	2:32	wpy8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בֶּן־נֵר֙ & וְ⁠אֶת־עֲמָשָׂ֥א & יֶ֖תֶר	1	The words Ner, Amasa, and Jether are the names of men.
411	2:33	qiy8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠שָׁ֤בוּ דְמֵי⁠הֶם֙ בְּ⁠רֹ֣אשׁ יוֹאָ֔ב וּ⁠בְ⁠רֹ֥אשׁ זַרְע֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠עֹלָ֑ם	1	Here Solomon speaks as if the shed blood of Amasa and Abner could return on the head of Joab and on the head of his seed. He means that Joab and his seed will be punished in a way that fits with the murders that Joab committed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the similar figure of speech in 2:32. Alternate translation: “And Joab and his seed will be repayed to eternity for their blood that Joab shed” or “And Joab and his seed will punished to eternity for these murders that he committed”
412	2:33	nlqi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	וְ⁠שָׁ֤בוּ דְמֵי⁠הֶם֙ & יִהְיֶ֥ה	1	Solomon could be using the statement form: (1) to state a fact or prediction. Alternate translation: “And their shed blood shall return … shall be” (2) to indicate what he hopes or prays that God will do. Alternate translation: “And may their shed blood return … may there be”
413	2:33	my6w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	זַרְע֖⁠וֹ & וּ֠⁠לְ⁠זַרְע⁠וֹ	1	Here, the phrase his seed refers to a person’s descendants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his offspring … and for his offspring” or “the people descended from him … and for the people descended from him”
414	2:33	bjnu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	וּ֠⁠לְ⁠זַרְע⁠וֹ וּ⁠לְ⁠בֵית֨⁠וֹ וּ⁠לְ⁠כִסְא֜⁠וֹ	1	The terms his seed, his house, and his throne mean similar things. They all refer to David’s family and descendants, focusing especially on those who will rule as kings. Solomon is using the three terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with just one or two terms. Alternate translation: “and for his seed and for his throne” or “and for his offspring”
415	2:33	m5o9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	לְ⁠עֹלָ֑ם & עַד־עוֹלָ֖ם	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of eternity, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “eternally … eternally”
416	2:33	nax7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וּ⁠לְ⁠בֵית֨⁠וֹ	1	Here, house represents David’s family. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and for his relatives”
417	2:33	sc2t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וּ⁠לְ⁠כִסְא֜⁠וֹ	1	Here, throne represents the rule of David’s descendants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and for his dynasty” or “and for the kings in his lineage”
418	2:33	x8x7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	יִהְיֶ֥ה שָׁל֛וֹם	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of peace, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “it will be peaceful”
419	2:34	pdv2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יַּ֗עַל בְּנָיָ֨הוּ֙ בֶּן־יְה֣וֹיָדָ֔ע	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “And Benaiah the son of Jehoiada came up”
420	2:34	eqv2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יִּקָּבֵ֥ר	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “and they buried him”
421	2:34	br9d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠בֵית֖⁠וֹ	1	Here, house represents Joab’s property or land in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on his land” or “on his own property”
422	2:35	p0a0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ אֶת־בְּנָיָ֧הוּ בֶן־יְהוֹיָדָ֛ע תַּחְתָּ֖י⁠ו עַל־הַ⁠צָּבָ֑א וְ⁠אֶת־צָד֤וֹק הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ נָתַ֣ן הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ תַּ֖חַת אֶבְיָתָֽר	1	When King Solomon gave Benaiah and Zadok in the place of Joab and Abiathar, it means that he appointed Benaiah and Zadok to do the tasks that Joab and Abiathar had done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the king told Benaiah the son of Jehoiada to take his place over the army. And Zadok the priest the king told to take the place of Abiathar” or “And the king had Benaiah the son of Jehoiada be over the army instead of him. And Zadok the king had be the priest instead of Abiathar”
423	2:36	fg3o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֤ח הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֣א לְ⁠שִׁמְעִ֔י	1	Here the author implies that Solomon sent a messenger or soldier to Shimei in order to summon him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And the king sent a soldier to Shimei, who called him” or “And the king had some soldiers go to Shimei and tell him to come to the king”
424	2:36	n9i5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אָ֥נֶה וָ⁠אָֽנָה	1	Here, the phrase here or there refers to any place besides Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to any other place”
425	2:37	rdu8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	בְּ⁠י֣וֹם	1	The word day represents any day, not one particular day that Solomon already knows about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “on any day”
426	2:37	fzx2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	צֵאתְ⁠ךָ֗	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of go. Alternate translation: “when you come out”
427	2:37	tuwp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	וְ⁠עָֽבַרְתָּ֙ אֶת־נַ֣חַל קִדְר֔וֹן	1	Here Solomon refers to one way of leaving Jerusalem (passing over the wadi of Kidron, which is on the east side of Jerusalem) to refer to any way of leaving Jerusalem. Solomon refers to this way of leaving Jerusalem because he thinks it is the one that Shimei is most likely to use. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and you pass over the wadi of Kidron or leave Jerusalem by any other way”
428	2:37	h1wl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶת־נַ֣חַל קִדְר֔וֹן	1	The phrase the wadi of Kidron refers to small valley that sometimes had a stream running through it. This specific wadi was on the eastern side of Jerusalem.
429	2:37	p8sl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication	יָדֹ֥עַ תֵּדַ֖ע כִּ֣י מ֣וֹת תָּמ֑וּת	1	Solomon is repeating the verbs know and die in order to intensify the ideas that they express. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “you will surely know that you will surely die”
430	2:37	lxzr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מ֣וֹת תָּמ֑וּת	1	Here Solomon implies that he would have one of his soldiers kill Shimei. Solomon does not mean that Shimei would die naturally. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will have a soldier kill you”
431	2:37	d6zb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	דָּמְ⁠ךָ֖ יִהְיֶ֥ה בְ⁠רֹאשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ	1	Here Solomon speaks as if Shimei’s blood would be poured on his own head. He means that Shimei will be responsible for his own death, and Solomon will not be guilty for having him executed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your death will be your fault” or “When you die, you will be the one who caused it to happen”
432	2:38	sy57		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	הַ⁠דָּבָ֔ר	1	Here, word represents what King Solomon said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What you have said”
433	2:38	x9gk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	דִּבֶּר֙ אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ	1	Here Shimei addresses King Solomon in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “you, my lord the king, have spoken”
434	2:38	t353		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	עַבְדֶּ֑⁠ךָ	1	Here Shimei speaks about himself in the third person. This was one way to address someone in a respectful way. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “I, your servant,”
435	2:38	qwob		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	יָמִ֥ים רַבִּֽים	1	Here, the phrase many days refers to a long period of time. The following verse indicates that it was about three years. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for several years” or “for a long period of time”
436	2:39	m2lk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Achish … Maacah … Gath	1	men’s names
437	2:39	mgg2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Gath	1	a Philistine city
438	2:40	v645		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	Shimei arose	1	This is an idiom. “Shimei quickly”
439	2:41	mvk6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Solomon was told	1	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone told Solomon”
440	2:42	c16y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Did I not make you swear … saying, ‘Know … die’?	1	Solomon is reminding Shimei of what Shimei had promised. Alternate translation: “You know very well that I made you swear … saying, ‘Know … die’!”
441	2:43	pue7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Why then have you not kept your oath … you?	1	This could mean: (1) Solomon is asking for an answer or (2) Alternate translation: “You have done wrong by breaking your oath … you.”
442	2:44	f7q3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	will return your wickedness on your own head	1	Here the head represents the person, and wickedness is spoken of as if it were a solid or liquid that could be put on a person’s head. Alternate translation: “will hold you responsible for all your wickedness”
443	2:45	fx8t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	the throne of David will be established before Yahweh forever	1	Here “throne of David” represents the authority and rule of David and all his descendants forever.
444	2:46	q4c8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	in Solomon’s hand	1	This use of “hand” represents Solomon’s power and authority.
445	3:intro	r15u				0	1 Kings 3 General Notes Structure and formatting This chapter has two stories. Verses 1–15 is the story of Solomon’s dream when God asked him what he wanted and he said he needed wisdom to be a good and fair ruler. Verses 16–28 is the story of a court case showing Solomon’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) Special concepts in this chapter Wisdom God was very pleased with Solomon’s request for wisdom. This is because wisdom was something that he could use to serve other people instead of himself. Because this was a noble request, God promised Solomon wisdom, wealth, and fame. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) Putting the needs of others first There are two additional examples of people putting the needs of others in front of their own needs. God is pleased with people wanting to do their job well more than wanting to be blessed. A mother will put the life of her child above every other concern. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
446	3:1	q5yv			Solomon allied himself by marriage with Pharaoh king of Egypt	1	Solomon became the son-in-law of Pharaoh king of Egypt so the two kings would work together and fight together against their enemies.
447	3:1	s4dd			until he had finished building	1	She was still in the city of David after he had finished building.
448	3:1	l66h			the house of Yahweh	1	Alternate translation: “the temple”
449	3:2	vv3w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	no house had yet been built	1	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one had yet built a house”
450	3:2	x9tf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	for the name of Yahweh	1	The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for the name” refers to worshiping the person. Alternate translation: “in which people would worship Yahweh”
451	3:3	tr54		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	walking in the statutes of David his father	1	How one lives one’s life is spoken of as walking on a path. Alternate translation: “obeying the laws that David his father had made”
452	3:4	hhq1			the great high place	1	Alternate translation: “the most famous place for makings sacrifices” or “the most important altar”
453	3:5	f1km			Ask! What should I give you?	1	Alternate translation: “Ask me for whatever you want and I will give it to you.” or “What do you want? Ask and I will give it to you.”
454	3:6	ii4s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	You have shown great covenant faithfulness to your servant	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word faithfulness, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “faithful” or “faithfully.” Alternate translation: “You have been very faithful to your covenant with your servant” or “You have greatly and faithfully loved your servant”
455	3:6	kyk6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	because he walked before you in trustworthiness, in righteousness, and in uprightness of heart	1	Walking is a metaphor for the way one lives. The abstract nouns “trustworthiness,” “righteousness,” and “uprightness” can be translated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “because he was trustworthy and righteous, and his heart was upright” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
456	3:6	c77h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	in uprightness of heart	1	A sincere person is spoken of as one whose heart is upright. Alternate translation: “he was sincere” or “he spoke the truth and did what was good”
457	3:6	tyy2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	have given him a son	1	The “son” is Solomon.
458	3:6	fji4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	to sit on his throne	1	Sitting on the throne represents ruling as king. Alternate translation: “to rule in his place”
459	3:6	a4q1			today	1	Solomon is speaking of the years he had already been ruling, not of the time since the sun had last set.
460	3:7	cj3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	your servant	1	Solomon speaks as if he is another person to show respect to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “me”
461	3:7	fc3g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	I am only a little child	1	Solomon is saying that he is like a child who does not know as much as a father.
462	3:7	u3y9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	I do not know how to go out or come in	1	This is an idiom that means Solomon does not know how to govern as king. Alternate translation: “I do not know how to be the king” or “I do not know the right way to do things as king”
463	3:9	ri57		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	For who is able to judge this great people of yours?	1	Solomon asks a question to emphasize that he knows that no one can judge. Alternate translation: “No one is able to judge this great people of yours.”
464	3:11	dqu3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	the life of your enemies	1	The “life” is a metonym for the power to kill. Alternate translation: “the power to kill your enemies”
465	3:12	dyj4			now I will do all you asked of me when you gave me your request	1	Alternate translation: “I will do what you asked me to do when you spoke with me”
466	3:12	cik7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	I give you a wise and an understanding heart	1	The heart is a metonym for what a person thinks and desires. Alternate translation: “I make you able to be wise and to understand many things”
467	3:14	yg1m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	walk in my ways to keep	1	Living one’s life is spoken of as walking on a path. Alternate translation: “live as I want you to live and obey”
468	3:14	akr8			lengthen your days	1	Alternate translation: “make you live a long time”
469	3:15	te1p			behold	1	The word “behold” here shows that Solomon saw something interesting.
470	3:19	qy9v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	lay on him	1	It may be helpful to state that this caused the baby to die. Alternate translation: “accidentally rolled on top of her baby and smothered him”
471	3:20	tc1s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	your servant	1	The woman speaks as if she were speaking of someone else to show that she respects Solomon. Alternate translation: “I”
472	3:21	qnj7			nurse my child	1	This means to feed her baby milk from her breast.
473	3:22	vti7			before the king	1	Alternate translation: “before Solomon” or “while Solomon could see and hear them”
474	3:26	ix5r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	her heart was full of compassion for her son	1	This speaks of the woman having a lot of compassion as if her heart were a container and compassion were a solid object. Alternate translation: “she greatly loved her baby”
475	3:28	caa5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	all Israel	1	This is a generalization.
476	4:intro	q6h7				0	1 Kings 4 General Notes Structure and formatting This chapter names the important people in Solomon’s government and shows the extent of his kingdom.
477	4:2	e1li		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Azariah … Zadok	1	These are names of men.
478	4:3	l925		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Elihoreph … Ahijah … Shisha … Jehoshaphat … Ahilud	1	These are names of men.
479	4:4	zx7v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Benaiah … Jehoiada … Zadok … Abiathar	1	These are names of men.
480	4:5	rn96		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Azariah … Nathan … Zabud	1	These are names of men.
481	4:6	tbu8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ahishar … Adoniram … Abda	1	These are names of men.
482	4:6	uj2q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	the men who were subjected to forced labor	1	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the men whom Solomon forced to work for him”
483	4:8	ea4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ben-Hur	1	This is the name of a man. Note that “Ben” before a name means “son of” so “Ben-Hur” means “the son of Hur.”
484	4:8	l9l5			in the hill country	1	“who was the officer in charge of the hill country
485	4:8	qs19		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ephraim	1	This is the name of a place.
486	4:9	z8g9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ben-Deker	1	This is the name of a man. Note that “Ben” before a name means “son of” so “Ben-Deker” means “the son of Deker.”
487	4:9	apu3			in Makaz	1	Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Makaz”
488	4:9	em9k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Makaz … Shaalbim … Beth Shemesh … Elon Beth Hanan	1	These are names of places.
489	4:10	e1f9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ben-Hesed	1	This is the name of a man. Note that “Ben” before a name means “son of” so “Ben-Hesed” means “the son of Hesed.”
490	4:10	s82y			in Arubboth	1	Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Arubboth”
491	4:10	cjq8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Arubboth … Sokoh … Hepher	1	These are names of places.
492	4:11	jei3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ben-Abinadab	1	This is the name of a man. Note that “Ben” before a name means “son of” so “Ben-Abinadab” means “the son of Abinadab.”
493	4:11	vlp1			in all Naphoth Dor	1	Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of all Naphoth Dor”
494	4:11	km7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Naphoth Dor	1	This is the name of a place.
495	4:11	u2i9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Taphath	1	This is the name of a woman.
496	4:12	jr42		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Baana … Ahilud	1	These are names of men.
497	4:12	z8m8			in Taanach	1	Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Taanach”
498	4:12	prm3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Taanach … Megiddo … Beth Shan … Zarethan … Jezreel … Beth Shan to Abel Meholah … Jokmeam	1	These are names of places.
499	4:13	vg5a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ben-Geber … Jair … Manasseh	1	These are names of men.
500	4:13	utw1			in Ramoth Gilead	1	Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Ramoth Gilead”
501	4:13	y18h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ramoth Gilead … Argob … Bashan	1	These are names of places.
502	4:14	f2yl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ahinadab … Iddo	1	These are men’s names.
503	4:14	ayp9			in Mahanaim	1	Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Mahanaim”
504	4:14	yh57		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Mahanaim	1	This is the name of place.
505	4:15	v4mg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ahimaaz	1	This is the name of a man.
506	4:15	q5av			in Naphtali	1	Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Naphtali”
507	4:15	f4p2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Naphtali	1	This is a tribal land named after a son of Israel.
508	4:15	db86		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Basemath	1	This is the name of a woman.
509	4:16	m1i4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Baana … Hushai	1	These are names of men.
510	4:16	w3gc			in Asher	1	Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Asher”
511	4:16	w47z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Asher	1	This is a tribal land named after a son of Israel.
512	4:16	r3kq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Bealoth	1	This is the name of a piece of land.
513	4:17	nlz7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Jehoshaphat … Paruah	1	These are names of men.
514	4:17	nn2w			in Issachar	1	Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Issachar”
515	4:17	uyi4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Issachar	1	This is a tribal land named after a son of Israel.
516	4:18	v9eu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Shimei … Ela	1	These are the names of men.
517	4:18	d1rc			in Benjamin	1	Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Benjamin”
518	4:18	k3r6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Benjamin	1	This is a tribal land named for a son of Israel.
519	4:19	pty3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Geber … Uri … Sihon … Og	1	These are men’s names
520	4:19	q97y			in the land of Gilead	1	Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of the land of Gilead”
521	4:19	fq9l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Gilead … Bashan	1	These are names of places.
522	4:19	t2kh			the country of Sihon	1	Alternate translation: “the land that in earlier years belonged to Sihon”
523	4:19	hgw5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Amorites	1	This is the name of a people group.
524	4:19	uy6j			in the land	1	Here “the land” refers to the land of Judah; the previous officials presided over different parts of Israel.
525	4:20	fgc8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	Judah and Israel were as numerous as the sand by the sea	1	The speaker uses exaggeration to say that there were so many people that it would be impossible to count them all. The words “Judah” and “Israel” are metonyms for the people who lived in Judah and Israel. Alternate translation: “There were as many people in Judah and Israel as there are grains of sand by the sea” or “there were more people in Judah and Israel than a person could count” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
526	4:21	g344			the River	1	Alternate translation: “the Euphrates River”
527	4:22	z3rv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	thirty cors	1	A cor is a unit of dry measure.
528	4:23	wn38		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	deer, gazelles, roebucks	1	four-legged animals that run fast
529	4:23	kug7			deer	1	more than one of these animals
530	4:23	bnu3			fattened fowl	1	Alternate translation: “birds that people fed so they would become fat”
531	4:24	af2d			Tiphsah	1	name of a piece of land
532	4:25	q85d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Judah and Israel	1	The words “Judah” and “Israel” are metonyms for the people of Judah and Israel.
533	4:25	h54f			every man under his vine and under his fig tree	1	“each family had their own garden with grapevines and fig trees,” This showed that the people lived in safety and peace, since they were not at war and had time to grow their gardens.
534	4:25	f65g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	from Dan to Beersheba	1	This represents the whole land of Israel from Dan in the north to Beersheba in the south.
535	4:26	el93			stalls of horses	1	A stall is a place where an animal such as a horse is kept and cared for.
536	4:27	yw93			who came to King Solomon’s table	1	Alternate translation: “who ate with King Solomon” or “whom King Solomon invited to eat with him”
537	4:27	gs98			every man in his month	1	Solomon had assigned 12 officers in 1 Kings 4:7 to bring him food in different months.
538	4:27	v6uc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	They let nothing be lacking	1	This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “They provided everything that Solomon needed”
539	4:29	ej9q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	God gave Solomon great wisdom and understanding	1	The abstract nouns “wisdom” and “understanding” can be translated as verbs. God giving him these things means that God enabled him to have these qualities. Alternate translation: “God enabled Solomon to be wise and to understand many things” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
540	4:29	h9j6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	wideness of understanding like the sand on the seashore	1	Solomon was able to understand many things about many different subjects. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word wideness, you can express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “Solomon was able to understand many things about a wide range of subjects”
541	4:30	w9j4			Solomon’s wisdom exceeded the wisdom of all the people	1	Alternate translation: “Solomon was wiser than all the wise people”
542	4:30	g12d			the people of the east	1	This refers to people from countries east of Israel such as Arabia and Mesopotamia.
543	4:31	cu1z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ethan … Heman … Kalkol … Darda … Mahol	1	men’s names
544	4:33	r1r3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	cedar … hyssop	1	These words form a merism that includes all plants. Alternate translation: “cedar tree … hyssop bush” or “the greatest of trees … least important of bushes” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
545	5:intro	c6a5				0	1 Kings 5 General Notes Structure and formatting This is the beginning of the description of the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) Special concepts in this chapter Building the temple Building the temple took a lot of work and cooperation. King Hiram of Tyre provided lumber for building the temple in exchange for wheat and olive oil. Solomon also had many people cutting rocks for the walls of the temple.
546	5:1	wb37			Hiram had always loved David	1	Alternate translation: “Hiram had always been a close friend of King David”
547	5:3	pv3b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	Yahweh was putting his enemies under the soles of his feet	1	To put an enemy under someone’s foot means to conquer them. Alternate translation: “Yahweh was helping David to defeat his enemies” or “David was busy since Yahweh was giving him victory over his enemies”
548	5:3	c84s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	for the name of Yahweh	1	The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for the name” refers to worshiping the person.See how you translated this in 1 Kings 3:2. Alternate translation: “in which people would worship Yahweh”
549	5:3	vz73			because of the wars that surrounded him	1	Another possible meaning is “because of the wars with which his enemies surrounded him” or “because he was fighting enemies on all sides”
550	5:3	dkf4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Yahweh was putting his enemies under the soles of his feet	1	This speaks of Yahweh giving David complete control over his enemies as putting them under his feet. Alternate translation: “Yahweh was enabling David to completely defeat his enemies”
551	5:4	h6ir			has given me rest on every side	1	Before Solomon became king, King David and the people of Israel had been at war, but now King Solomon and the people were at rest and in a time of peace.
552	5:4	zr1n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	There is neither adversary nor disaster	1	neither humans who cause harm nor natural events that cause harm. This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “We are safe from our enemies and from natural disasters”
553	5:4	lex1			adversary	1	enemy
554	5:4	hy1q			disaster	1	event that causes harm to people and their property
555	5:5	gll4			So	1	This is to emphasize the words that follow. “Listen! This is what I am going to do:” or “Because of what Yahweh has done for me, this is what I am going to do:”
556	5:5	ep1h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	for the name of Yahweh my God … for my name	1	The word “name” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “where Yahweh my God will live … where I will live”
557	5:5	pwq3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	set on your throne in your place	1	Here “throne” refers to ruling as king. Alternate translation: “make to be the king after you”
558	5:6	ae9w			there is no one among us who knows how to cut timber like the Sidonians	1	Alternate translation: “your workers know how to cut timber better than my men”
559	5:6	y7ev			Sidonians	1	people of the city of Sidon
560	5:7	h269			the words of Solomon	1	Alternate translation: “what Solomon said”
561	5:7	rz48		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	May Yahweh be blessed today	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I praise Yahweh today”
562	5:8	n2rj			cypress	1	Cypress is another kind of valuable wood that would be used for building the temple.
563	5:9	i9nw			make them into rafts	1	Alternate translation: “tie them together so they will float in groups”
564	5:9	th95		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	them broken up there	1	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “my workers untie the logs from each other”
565	5:9	bfw2			You will do what I desire	1	Alternate translation: “You can do what I want” or “You can pay me”
566	5:10	ysx9			fir	1	The word “fir” refers to many kinds of trees, including cypress trees.
567	5:11	ku5j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	measures of wheat	1	This was a dry measurement whereas the oil was a liquid measurement. It was not clear which measure was intended. The measurement in the UST is an educated guess.
568	5:11	q3nz			year by year	1	Alternate translation: “every year”
569	5:13	h6dp			conscripted labor out of all Israel	1	Alternate translation: “forced men from all over Israel to work”
570	5:14	hun8			in shifts	1	That is, there were three groups that took turns spending one month in Lebanon and two months at home.
571	5:14	j6rk			One month they were in Lebanon and two months at home	1	Each of the three groups spent one month working in Lebanon and then two months at home in Israel.
572	5:14	xnv5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	the men who were subjected to forced labor	1	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the men whom Solomon was forcing to work for him”
573	5:15	h7kd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	seventy thousand	1	“70,000”
574	5:15	yex2			burdens	1	heavy things that people have to work hard to carry
575	5:15	x12v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	eighty thousand	1	“80,000”
576	5:15	gp9u			stonecutters	1	men who dig stones out of the ground and cut them to the proper shape
577	5:16	f3hp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	3,300 chief officers	1	“three thousand three hundred chief officers”
578	5:17	hk8u			quarried large stones of high quality	1	Alternate translation: “dug large, good stones out of the mountain and cut them to be the right shape”
579	5:18	l6m8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	Gebalites	1	men from the city of Gebal
580	6:intro	dn22				0	1 Kings 6 General Notes Structure and formatting The building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) Special concepts in this chapter Building the temple Solomon built the temple in seven years. The outside walls were made of rock. Solomon shaped the rocks for the wall in the quarry and then assembled them at the temple site. The inside was covered with wood. Inside the temple was a room covered by gold, which was the Most Holy Place where the ark was housed under statues of angels. It represented the presence of God.
581	6:1	si1j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Solomon began to build	1	Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “Solomon commanded his workers to begin building”
582	6:1	z8zf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	480th … fourth	1	These are the ordinal forms of 480 and 4.
583	6:1	u34s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths	in the month of Ziv, which is the second month	1	“Ziv” is the name of the second month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of April and the first part of May on Western calendars. (See also: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
584	6:2	md89		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	sixty cubits long, twenty cubits wide, and thirty cubits high	1	“60 cubits long, 20 cubits wide, and 30 cubits high.” A cubit is 46 centimeters. This can be written used modern measures. Alternate translation: “27.6 meters long, 9.2 meters wide, and 13.8 meters high” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
585	6:3	usb7			portico	1	an area of a building made of columns and a roof that leads to and connects with the building’s entrance door. This portico was probably attached to the front part of the wall that surrounded the temple.
586	6:3	yu32		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	twenty cubits … ten cubits	1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “9.2 meters … 4.6 meters”
587	6:4	vkp1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	he made windows	1	Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “they made windows”
588	6:5	yit1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	he built	1	Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “they built”
589	6:5	p1zz			he built rooms around it	1	He built rooms on the outside of the outside wall around the main chamber.
590	6:6	r5tu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	he made	1	Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “they made”
591	6:6	yy1k			The lowest story … the middle … the third	1	This refers to the rooms in each story of the building.
592	6:6	w37f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	five cubits … six cubits … seven cubits	1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 2.3 meters … about 2.8 meters … about 3.2 meters”
593	6:6	grf8			he made offsets in the wall of the house	1	They made ledges all around the main building to support the beams of the small rooms.
594	6:6	fp5r			beams	1	A beam is a long heavy piece of wood used to support a building.
595	6:7	udq4			the house	1	Here “house” refers to God’s house, the temple.
596	6:7	ekm1			stones prepared at the quarry	1	A quarry is where people cut large stones from a mountain and shape them with tools so they are smooth. After they prepared the stones at the quarry, they brought them to the temple.
597	6:8	rn6p			ground level … middle level … third level	1	There were a total of three floors. Some languages call these “ground floor,” “first floor,” and “second floor.”
598	6:9	eh9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Solomon built … he covered	1	Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers built … they covered”
599	6:9	qdt5			beams … of cedar	1	A beam is a long heavy piece of wood used to support a building. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 6:6.
600	6:9	j6je			planks … of cedar	1	A plank is a flat wooden board used for floors and walls.
601	6:10	kzz6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	He built	1	Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “They built”
602	6:10	du8w			He built the side rooms	1	These are the same rooms that are referred to in 1 Kings 6:5.
603	6:10	yr6h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	inner chambers	1	This phrase is a metonym for the walls that enclosed the chambers. Alternate translation: “exterior walls that enclosed the inner chambers”
604	6:10	anu7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	five cubits	1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.3 meters”
605	6:10	w619			timbers of cedar	1	The word “timbers” is a general term that refers to wood used for building, such as beams and planks.
606	6:11	czi8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	The word of Yahweh came to Solomon, saying,	1	The idiom “The word of Yahweh came to” is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Solomon. He said,” or “Yahweh spoke this message to Solomon:”
607	6:12	vb8r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	which you are building	1	Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “which you are having your workers build”
608	6:12	af43		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	walk in my statutes	1	The word “walk” is a metaphor for “live” or “obey.” Alternate translation: “continually obey all my statutes”
609	6:12	qx38			do justice	1	This could mean: (1) “carry out all of my laws” or (2) “treat the people whom you are ruling justly.”
610	6:12	g495		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	keep all my commandments and walk in them	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the importance of obeying God’s commandments. AT “carefully obey all I tell you to do”
611	6:12	x4rb			I will confirm my promise with you that I had made to David your father	1	Alternate translation: “I will do everything I promised David your father that I would do for you”
612	6:14	k3ad		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Solomon	1	Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers”
613	6:15	y9km		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	he built … he covered them … he covered the floor	1	Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “they built … they covered them … they covered the floor”
614	6:15	hp23			interior walls	1	walls between the rooms on the inside
615	6:15	ik56		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	cypress	1	Cypress is a kind of wood that was used for building the temple.
616	6:16	d6pq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	He built twenty cubits … He built this room	1	Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “He commanded them to build twenty cubits … He had them build this room”
617	6:16	xx5s			He built twenty cubits	1	Alternate translation: “He built a room twenty cubits long”
618	6:16	g59q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	twenty cubits	1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “9.2 meters”
619	6:17	w7cv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	forty cubits	1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “18.4 meters”
620	6:17	ha4k			main hall	1	Alternate translation: “main room”
621	6:18	l7dp			gourds	1	a type of hard, round vegetable that grows on a vine on the ground
622	6:18	u5m4			open flowers	1	Alternate translation: “blooming flowers” or “flowers that were open”
623	6:19	ygb3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Solomon prepared	1	Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They prepared”
624	6:20	w5vk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Solomon overlaid	1	Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They overlaid”
625	6:20	jfg2			twenty cubits	1	Alternate translation: “9.2 meters”
626	6:20	m4tm			covered the altar with cedar wood	1	This altar would be used for burning incense.
627	6:21	yge1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Solomon overlaid … he placed	1	Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They overlaid … they placed”
628	6:21	c2iq			overlaid	1	Alternate translation: “covered”
629	6:22	x7k8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	He overlaid … He also overlaid	1	Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They overlaid … They also overlaid”
630	6:22	l55u			altar that belonged to the inner room	1	Alternate translation: “altar of incense at the entrance to the inner room”
631	6:23	ilt3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Solomon made	1	Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Solomon commanded them to make”
632	6:23	w5qr			olivewood	1	wood from an olive tree
633	6:23	a2zg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	ten cubits	1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “4.6 meters”
634	6:24	zb23		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	five cubits	1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.3 meters”
635	6:25	e8tw			wingspan	1	the distance from the tip of one wing to the tip of the other wing
636	6:25	c1ib			same dimensions	1	Alternate translation: “same size”
637	6:27	bcq5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Solomon placed	1	Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They placed”
638	6:27	rj2s			innermost room	1	another name for the most holy place
639	6:28	l1b6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Solomon overlaid	1	Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They overlaid”
640	6:28	k83f			overlaid	1	“covered.” See how you translated this in 1 Kings 6:21.
641	6:29	w47j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	He carved	1	Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “He commanded them to carve”
642	6:30	w875		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Solomon overlaid	1	Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “He had them overlay”
643	6:30	d56p			overlaid	1	covered
644	6:31	uq5r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Solomon made	1	Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They made”
645	6:31	fb2k			lintel	1	beam across the top of a door frame
646	6:31	c6zg			indented sections	1	toothlike notches on each of five sections
647	6:32	w1bj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	he made … he made … He overlaid … he spread	1	Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “they made … they made … They overlaid … they spread”
648	6:32	ix6q			overlaid	1	“covered.” See how you translated this in 1 Kings 6:21.
649	6:33	s6ub			In this way, Solomon also made for the temple entrance doorposts of olive wood having four indented sections	1	Alternate translation: “In the same way, Solomon also made doorposts of olive wood for the temple entrance, with four indented sections”
650	6:33	dfh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Solomon also made	1	Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “they also made”
651	6:33	nd29			indented sections	1	tooth-like notches
652	6:34	eh1n			The two leaves of the one door	1	This means each door had two sections connected by hinges so they could fold together.
653	6:35	zh1r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	He carved … he evenly overlaid	1	Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They carved … they evenly overlaid”
654	6:36	y7ry		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	He built the inner courtyard	1	Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They built the inner courtyard”
655	6:36	ugf5			cedar beams	1	A beam is a long heavy piece of wood used to support a building. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 6:6.
656	6:37	w9kb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	the fourth year	1	The word “fourth” is the ordinal form of “four.” You may need to make explicit the event from which the writer counts the years. Alternate translation: “the fourth year after Solomon became king” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
657	6:37	zt3n			house of Yahweh	1	Alternate translation: “the temple”
658	6:37	f1ix		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths	in the month of Ziv	1	“Ziv” is the name of the second month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of April and the first part of May on Western calendars. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 6:1. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
659	6:38	ft8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	the eleventh year	1	The word “eleventh” is the ordinal forms of “eleven.” You may need to make explicit the event from which the writer counts the years. Alternate translation: “the eleventh year after Solomon became king” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
660	6:38	hy2b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths	in the month of Bul, which is the eighth month	1	“Bul” is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of October and the first part of November on Western calendars. (See also: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
661	6:38	iee2			the house was finished in all its parts and conforming to all its specifications	1	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “they finished building every part of the house. They built it exactly the way Solomon had told them to build it”
662	6:38	rz5l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Solomon took	1	Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “It took Solomon’s workers”
663	7:intro	kaf2				0	1 Kings 7 General Notes Structure and formatting This chapter has a description of the palace Solomon built and the materials used in the temple courtyard. It is the last chapter about the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) Special concepts in this chapter Bronze Solomon hired a man from Tyre who was good at casting things out of bronze. The bronze objects were made by hollowing out the shape of the object in clay and then pouring in the hot melted liquid bronze and letting it cool. He made two large pillars and a large water reservoir set on the backs of 12 bronze cows. He made all the instruments for use in the sacrifices outside the temple. He made the furnishing inside the temple out of gold. The temple and the palace Solomon spent 13 years building a palace for himself that was much bigger than the temple. It is significant that the house of Solomon was much larger than the house of God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])
664	7:1	f5n7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Solomon took thirteen years to build his own palace	1	Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “It took Solomon’s workers thirteen years to build his palace”
665	7:1	lf86			palace	1	If your language does not have a word for “palace,” you may translate this as “house” or “big house.”
666	7:2	a64r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	He built	1	Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “He commanded them to build”
667	7:2	rg2y			the Palace of the Forest of Lebanon	1	Alternate translation: “the house called the House of the Lebanon Forest”
668	7:2	tl45		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	one hundred cubits … fifty cubits … thirty cubits	1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “46 meters … 23 meters … 13.8 meters”
669	7:2	zp59			beams	1	A beam is a long piece of strong wood used to support walls and roofs.
670	7:3	vs2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	The house was roofed with cedar that rested on beams	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The carpenters built a roof from cedar planks and attached them to beams”
671	7:3	mmk9			beams	1	long pieces of strong wood usually used to support a roof
672	7:5	tmp7			were made square	1	Alternate translation: “had rectangular frames”
673	7:6	i5va			colonnade	1	a series of columns, all the same distance apart
674	7:6	v962		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	fifty cubits … thirty cubits	1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “23 meters … 13.8 meters”
675	7:6	nzf9			portico	1	an area of a building made of columns and a roof that leads to and connects with the building’s entrance door. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 6:3
676	7:7	t73g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Solomon built	1	Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Solomon had them build”
677	7:7	ksi3			the hall of the throne	1	This could mean: (1) “the house in which he was going to place his throne” or (2) “a house named The King’s Chair House”
678	7:7	va4a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	It was covered with cedar	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The workers covered the floor with cedar wood”
679	7:7	h3cp			from floor to floor	1	This refers to the entire floor. Alternate translation: “from one wall to the other”
680	7:8	u1kw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Solomon’s house in which he was to live, in another courtyard within the palace grounds, was similarly designed	1	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Solomon had someone design the house in which he was to live, in another courtyard within the palace grounds, in the same way”
681	7:8	vhb7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	He also built	1	Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “He also commanded them to build”
682	7:9	b9da		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	These buildings were adorned with costly hewn stones	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The workers adorned the buildings with costly, hewn stones”
683	7:9	x9ml		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	hewn stones, precisely measured and cut with a saw and smoothed	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “hewn stones, that workers had precisely measured and cut with a saw and smoothed”
684	7:9	ht4p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	These stones were used	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The workers used these stones”
685	7:9	a28u			from the foundation to the stones on top, and also on the outside to the great court	1	The author is emphasizing that the workers used expensive stones for the foundations and all the buildings.
686	7:10	cs6w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	The foundation was constructed	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The workers constructed the foundation”
687	7:10	j43i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	eight and ten cubits	1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 3.7 meters and 4.6 meters”
688	7:11	rv23			cedar beams	1	A beam is a long piece of wood used for structural support.
689	7:12	gj1m			three rows of cut stone and a row of cedar beams	1	See how you translated this in 1 Kings 6:36.
690	7:13	yv35		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	brought him from Tyre	1	Huram accepted Solomon’s invitation to come to Jerusalem.
691	7:14	mx1e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	the son of a widow … his father was a man of Tyre	1	A widow is a woman whose husband has died, so we know that the father is dead.
692	7:14	xyc5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Huram was filled with wisdom and understanding and skill	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The words “wisdom and understanding” mean basically the same thing and are used together for emphasis. Yahweh giving such things as wisdom is spoken of as if they were liquids that Yahweh had poured into a container, and Huram is spoken of as if he were that container. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had given Huram wisdom, understanding, and skill” (See also: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
693	7:15	ps2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	eighteen cubits … twelve cubits	1	A cubit is about 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 8.3 meters … 5.5 meters”
694	7:15	rjk8			in circumference	1	Circumference is the distance or measurement around a circular object or area.
695	7:16	py25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	five cubits	1	A cubit is about 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.3 meters”
696	7:16	ym3q			two capitals	1	decorations on top of each of the two pillars
697	7:16	fd4s			polished bronze	1	They polished the bronze so that it would reflect sunlight. “gleaming bronze”
698	7:17	lzk9			Checker latticework and wreaths of chain work	1	Alternate translation: “Crossed metal strips woven together and metal chains twisted together”
699	7:18	rc2z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Huram made	1	Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Huram commanded his workers to make”
700	7:18	m8zp			two rows of pomegranates	1	A pomegranate is a fruit with a hard, red rind and many juicy seeds inside. Huram did not use real pomegranates to decorate the pillars. He made them out of bronze.
701	7:19	yg1b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	The capitals … were decorated with lilies, four cubits high	1	Lilies are plants whose flowers are wide at one end and very narrow at the other end. These words can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Huram decorated the capitals … with bronze lilies, four cubits high” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
702	7:19	m7gx			the tops of the portico	1	Translate “portico” as in 1 Kings 7:6.
703	7:19	gz27		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	four cubits	1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 1.8 meters”
704	7:20	py2z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	two hundred pomegranates	1	“200 pomegranates.” A pomegranate is a fruit with a hard, red rind and many juicy seeds inside. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 7:18
705	7:21	xs4g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	He raised up	1	Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They raised up”
706	7:21	i3hg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	The pillar on the right was named Jakin	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The name of the pillar on the right side was Jakin” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
707	7:21	x4yy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	the pillar on the left was named Boaz	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The name of the pillar on the left side was Boaz”
708	7:22	f36f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	The fashioning of the pillars was done	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Huram fashioned the pillars” or “Huram’s men fashioned the pillars”
709	7:23	q22n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Huram made	1	Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Huram also commanded them to make”
710	7:23	ih6g			the round sea	1	This refers to a bronze tank or basin that would hold water.
711	7:23	dql9			cast metal	1	Huram melted the bronze and formed it in a mold.
712	7:23	i52r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	ten cubits … five cubits … thirty cubits	1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “4.6 meters … 2.3 meters … 13.8 meters”
713	7:23	wlw3			from brim to brim	1	Alternate translation: “from one edge to the other”
714	7:23	q5wc			in circumference	1	Circumference is the distance or measurement around a circular object or area.
715	7:24	bar8			encircling the sea were gourds	1	A gourd is a type of hard, round vegetable that grows on a vine on the ground.
716	7:24	a5xx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	when that basin was cast	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when Huram cast that basin”
717	7:25	rh41			The Sea	1	This refers to the bronze tank or basin that held water for sacrifices.
718	7:25	x7rd			stood on	1	Alternate translation: “was on top of”
719	7:25	m9v3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	“The Sea” was set on top of them	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Huram’s workers set ‘The Sea’ on top of the bronze oxen”
720	7:25	a8tl			hindquarters	1	This is the back quarter of the body of an animal with four feet.
721	7:26	d6yr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	its brim was forged like the brim of a cup, like a lily blossom	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Huram forged the brim to look like the brim of a cup, to curve outward like a lily” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
722	7:26	im3i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	two thousand baths	1	A bath is a unit of volume equal to about 22 liters. Alternate translation: “2,000 baths” or “44,000 liters”
723	7:27	vrb9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Huram made	1	Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Huram also commanded them to make” or “They also made”
724	7:27	nie3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	four cubits … three cubits	1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 1.8 meters … about 1.4 meters”
725	7:28	g4xy			The work of the stands was like this	1	This means the author will describe the stands in the words that follow.
726	7:29	vkn8			on the panels and on the frames were lions, oxen, and cherubim	1	There were decorative pieces in the shapes of lions, oxen, and cherubim fastened to the sides of the stands.
727	7:29	drg7			wreaths of hammered work	1	Here the word “wreaths” refers to spiral-shaped pieces of bronze.
728	7:30	c4jj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	four bronze wheels and axles	1	There was one axle for each pair of wheels. Alternate translation: “four bronze wheels and two axles” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
729	7:30	r3m7			its four corners	1	Alternate translation: “the four corners of each stand”
730	7:30	wp4c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	The supports were cast with wreaths	1	Each support was cast as one piece with the wreaths. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Huram cast the supports with spiral-shaped pieces”
731	7:31	tnm9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	a cubit and a half … a cubit	1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 70 centimeters … about 50 centimeters”
732	7:31	bjx5			a crown that rose up	1	Here the word “crown” refers to the circular piece at the top of the stand’s opening that held the basin.
733	7:31	g112			their panels were square	1	“the panels of the stands were square.” This phrase returns to the description of the panels that began in 1 Kings 7:28.
734	7:32	nan4			their housings	1	Here the word “their” refers to the axles. The word “housings” refers to the casings into which the axles were inserted.
735	7:32	ia6k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	a cubit and a half	1	A cubit was 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 70 centimeters”
736	7:33	ez4t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	The wheels were forged like chariot wheels	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Huram made the wheels like small chariot wheels”
737	7:33	huz3			Their housings, rims, spokes, and hubs	1	Here the word “Their” refers to the wheels.
738	7:34	u8dc			There were four handles at the four corners of each stand	1	Alternate translation: “There was a handle at each of the four corners of each stand”
739	7:35	j76e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	half a cubit deep	1	A cubit was 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “twenty-three centimeters wide”
740	7:35	i2wt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	on the top of the stand its supports and panels were attached	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Huram attached the supports and panels to the top of each stand”
741	7:36	y4ln		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Huram engraved	1	Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “they engraved”
742	7:36	nf5e			they were surrounded	1	Here the word “they” refers to the cherubim, lions, and palm trees.
743	7:36	d8lh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	they were surrounded by wreaths	1	The word “wreaths” refers to spiral-shaped pieces of bronze. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “there were wreaths all around them”
744	7:37	iv9m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	He made	1	Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “He commanded them to make”
745	7:37	c4b7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	All of them were cast in the same molds	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Huram cast all of the stands in the same mold” or “They cast all of the stand in the same mold”
746	7:37	nj2g			they had one size, and the same shape	1	Alternate translation: “all of the stands were the same size and shape”
747	7:38	bx9c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Huram made ten	1	Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Huram had them make ten”
748	7:38	w15g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	forty baths	1	A bath is a unit of volume equal to about 22 liters. Alternate translation: “about 88 liters” or “about 90 liters”
749	7:38	k7yl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	four cubits	1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 1.8 meters”
750	7:39	w6v7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	He made five … He set	1	Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Human had them make five … Huram commanded them to set”
751	7:39	u5iv			the south-facing side … the north-facing side	1	Alternate translation: “the south side … the north side”
752	7:39	z7tj			on the east corner, facing toward the south of the temple	1	Alternate translation: “near the southeast corner of the temple”
753	7:40	kaa7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Huram made … he finished	1	Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Huram had them make … they finished”
754	7:41	zv5q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	the bowl-like capitals	1	The capitals were shaped like bowls.
755	7:41	rhp4			decorative latticework	1	Alternate translation: “crossed metal strips woven together”
756	7:42	v1e3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	He made	1	Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They made”
757	7:42	f5hx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	four hundred pomegranates	1	“400 pomegranates.” A pomegranate is a fruit with a hard, red rind and many juicy seeds inside. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 7:18.
758	7:44	p87u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	He made	1	Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They made”
759	7:45	d5gg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Huram made	1	Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They made”
760	7:45	l8vt			all the other implements	1	Alternate translation: “all the other tools”
761	7:45	hw9y			polished bronze	1	bronze that was polished so that it would reflect light
762	7:46	f6xb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	The king had cast them	1	Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “The king had his workers cast them”
763	7:46	evu1			plain of the Jordan	1	Alternate translation: “flat land near the Jordan River”
764	7:46	ug1g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Succoth … Zarethan	1	These are names of cities.
765	7:47	yk38		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Solomon did not weigh	1	Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Solomon did not have them weigh”
766	7:47	u74l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	the weight of the bronze could not be measured	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one could measure the weight of the bronze”
767	7:48	f4p1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Solomon had made	1	Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers had made”
768	7:48	e2d6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	on which the bread of the presence was to be placed	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “on which the priests were to place the bread of the presence”
769	7:49	kb8t			the flowers, the lamps	1	The “flowers” and “lamps” were part of the lampstands.
770	7:50	tev9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	had made the cups … all of which were made of pure gold	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “had his workers make all the cups … out of pure gold”
771	7:50	y2nn			sockets of gold made for the doors	1	Here, sockets may refer to either: (1) the sockets in which the door pegs turned, or (2) the hinges on which the doors hung.
772	7:51	x9f6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	the work that King Solomon directed for the house of Yahweh was finished	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the workers finished the work that King Solomon had them do for the house of Yahweh”
773	8:intro	h96s				0	1 Kings 8 General Notes Structure and formatting The ark is placed in the new temple. This is a very significant event in the history of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) Special concepts in this chapter Celebration of the temple’s completion When the temple was finished, Solomon told all of the people to come to Jerusalem. They took the ark out of the tent and brought it to the temple. Then Solomon prayed that God would hear and answer prayers made to him when they faced towards the temple. Important figures of speech in this chapter Idiom Solomon prayed that God would respond to people’s prayers using an idiom: “that your eyes may be open to the request of your servant.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
774	8:1	kla2			assembled the elders of Israel	1	Alternate translation: “called together the leaders of Israel”
775	8:2	vy83		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	All the men of Israel	1	This may refer either: (1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in 8:1 or (2) generally to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every male person who lived in Israel.
776	8:2	uam7			at the feast	1	This is a reference to the Feast of Succoth, also known as the Feast of Tabernacles or Feast of Shelters .
777	8:2	j1l1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths	in the month of Ethanim, which is the seventh month	1	“Ethanim” is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of September and the first part of October on Western calendars. (See also: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
778	8:5	wl1z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	all the assembly of Israel	1	This is a generalization.
779	8:5	i2ea		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	sheep and oxen that could not be counted	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “more sheep and oxen than anyone would ever be able to count”
780	8:6	r7tn			into the inner room of the house, to the most holy place, under	1	Alternate translation: “into the inner room of the house—that is, to the most holy place—under”
781	8:7	f19r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	poles by which it was carried	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “poles by which the priests carried it”
782	8:8	igt6			their ends were seen … they could not be seen	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people could see their ends … people could not see them”
783	8:8	ia58			this day	1	This means the day on which the writer wrote.
784	8:10	qah8			It came about that	1	This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
785	8:12	y9ry		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	Yahweh has said … darkness	1	Solomon speaks to Yahweh as if he were speaking to someone else to show that he respects Yahweh.
786	8:13	ukz3			lofty residence	1	beautiful building in which someone very important lives
787	8:14	n1li			all the assembly of Israel	1	Alternate translation: “all the people of Israel who were gathered there”
788	8:15	qg1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	May Yahweh, the God of Israel, be praised	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Praise Yahweh, the God of Israel”
789	8:15	yw9f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	with his own hands	1	The hand is a metonym for the power in the hand. Alternate translation: “by his own power”
790	8:16	b9uh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	in order for my name to be	1	The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for … name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in 1 Kings 3:2. Alternate translation: “so that people would worship me”
791	8:17	kpv8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	it was in the heart of David my father	1	What David desired is spoken of as if it were an item in a container and the heart as if it were a container. Alternate translation: “David my father desired”
792	8:17	jsu6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	for the name of Yahweh	1	The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for the name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in 1 Kings 3:2. Alternate translation: “in which people would worship Yahweh”
793	8:18	tr7g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	In that it was in your heart	1	What David desired is spoken of as if it were an item in a container and the heart as if it were a container. Alternate translation: “Because you desired”
794	8:18	ixj3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	for my name	1	The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for … name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in 1 Kings 3:2. Alternate translation: “in which people will worship me”
795	8:18	fu1s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	for it to be in your heart	1	What David desired is spoken of as if it were an item in a container and the heart as if it were a container. Alternate translation: “to desire to do that” or “by wanting to do that”
796	8:19	n4x3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	one who will be born from your loins	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “one who will be your own offspring” or “one whom you yourself will father”
797	8:20	j7v7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	has carried out the word that he had said	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “has done exactly what he said he would do”
798	8:20	kuf2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	I have arisen in the place of David my father	1	Height is a metaphor for power. Alternate translation: “I have gained the power that David my father had”
799	8:20	j2e5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	I sit on the throne of Israel	1	The throne is a metonym for the activity of the one who sits on the throne. Alternate translation: “I rule over Israel”
800	8:20	n57n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	for the name of Yahweh	1	The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for … name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 3:2. Alternate translation: “in which people will worship Yahweh”
801	8:21	ts1y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	is Yahweh’s covenant, which	1	The stone tablets on which Yahweh had written the terms of the covenant are spoken of as if they were the covenant itself. Alternate translation: “are the tablets on which Yahweh wrote the terms of the covenant that”
802	8:22	p4j2			all the assembly of Israel	1	Alternate translation: “all the people of Israel who were gathered there”
803	8:23	zb47		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	who keeps his covenant faithfulness with your servants	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word faithfulness, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “faithfully” or “faithful.” Alternate translation: “who faithfully loves your servants” or “who is faithful to your covenant with your servants”
804	8:23	vza1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	walk before you with all their heart	1	The way a person lives is spoken of as if that person were walking on a path. Alternate translation: “live wholeheartedly the way that you want them to”
805	8:24	zl94		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	fulfilled it with your hand	1	The hand is a metonym for the power of the hand. Alternate translation: “by your power fulfilled what you said”
806	8:25	u5vi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	to sit on the throne of Israel	1	The throne is a metonym for the activity of the one who sits on the throne. Alternate translation: “to rule over Israel”
807	8:25	k2lb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	walk before me … have walked before me	1	The way a person lives is spoken of as if that person were walking on a path. Alternate translation: “live as I want you to … have lived as I want you to”
808	8:27	ke8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	But will God actually live on the earth?	1	Possible meanings of this question are: (1) Solomon is asking a real question and expecting an answer or (2) the question is rhetorical and Solomon is emphasizing that God is too big and mighty to live on earth. Alternate translation: “But it surely cannot be that God will actually live on the earth!”
809	8:27	lex3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	But will God	1	Here Solomon speaks about God in the third person. It can be stated in the second person. Alternate translation: “But will you”
810	8:27	dxu6			Look	1	Alternate translation: “What I am about to say is important” or “The truth is that”
811	8:27	b6jr			you—how much less can this temple that I have built	1	Alternate translation: “you, so this temple that I have built certainly cannot contain you”
812	8:28	nl5h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	respect this prayer of your servant and his request	1	The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that he is sincere as he makes his request. Solomon refers to himself as “your servant” to show that he respects Yahweh. This can be stated in first person. Alternate translation: “respect me, your servant, as I make this request” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
813	8:28	ucf5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	listen to the cry and prayer that your servant prays before you today	1	The words “cry” and “prayer” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that he is sincere as he asks Yahweh to help him. Solomon refers to himself as “your servant” to show that he respects Yahweh. This can be stated in first person. Alternate translation: “listen to me, your servant, as I call today for you to help me” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
814	8:29	u4id		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	May your eyes be open toward	1	The eye is a metonym for what the eye does. Alternate translation: “May you watch over”
815	8:29	p7b4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	night and day	1	This is a merism. Alternate translation: “all the time” or “continually”
816	8:29	vwt1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	My name and my presence	1	These two words together emphasize that Yahweh will dwell in the temple.
817	8:29	icv3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	that your servant will pray	1	Solomon speaks of himself as “your servant” to show that he respects Yahweh. This can be stated in first person. Alternate translation: “that I, your servant, will pray”
818	8:30	qx3r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	listen to the request of your servant and of your people Israel	1	Solomon speaks of himself as “your servant” to show that he respects Yahweh. This can be stated in first person. Alternate translation: “listen to my request and the request of your people Israel”
819	8:31	wv6j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	is required to swear	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone requires him to swear”
820	8:32	mt2d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	upon his own head	1	Here “head” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “on him”
821	8:32	ls6h			give to him according to his righteousness	1	Alternate translation: “to give him what he deserves because he is righteous”
822	8:33	sjq6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	your people Israel are defeated by an enemy	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “an enemy defeats your people Israel”
823	8:33	kus8			confess your name	1	This could mean: (1) “confess that they have sinned against you” or (2) “praise you” or (3) “say that they will obey you from now on.”
824	8:33	axr3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	request forgiveness from you	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word forgiveness, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “ask you to forgive them”
825	8:35	ij63		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	the skies are shut up and there is no rain	1	The sky is spoken of as if it were a building in which God stores the rain. Alternate translation: “you do not allow rain to fall”
826	8:35	gf9v			confess your name	1	This could mean: (1) “confess that they have sinned against you” or (2) “praise you” or (3) “say that they will obey you from now on.” See how you translated this in 1 Kings 8:33.
827	8:36	uz9g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	in which they should walk	1	The way a person lives is spoken of as if that person were walking on a path. Alternate translation: “that they should live”
828	8:37	e7f8			blight or mildew	1	These are agricultural terms that refer to the death of crops from either too little or too much rain, respectively.
829	8:37	c2vc			locusts or caterpillars	1	A “locust” is a type of grasshopper that causes destruction by eating crops. The word “caterpillar” refers to an early growth stage of the locust.
830	8:38	li44		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	prayers and requests	1	The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the person is sincere as he makes his request. See how you translated similar words in 1 Kings 8:28. Alternate translation: “requests”
831	8:38	kwn9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	knowing the plague in his own heart	1	This could mean: (1) The person’s sin is spoken of as if it were a plague. Alternate translation: “knowing the sin in his own heart” or (2) The “plague” is a metonym for the sins that the disasters are a punishment for. Alternate translation: “knowing in his heart that the plague is the result of his own sin” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
832	8:43	vt9q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	this house I have built is called by your name	1	The phrase “is called by your name” shows that God possesses and owns the house. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you own this house that I have built”
833	8:44	ha7r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	Suppose that your people go out … suppose that they pray	1	When Solomon was speaking, these hypothetical situations had not happened, but Solomon knew that they might happen in the future. Use the form in your language for talking about events that have not happened but might happen in the future.
834	8:44	vjp7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	for your name	1	The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for … name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in 1 Kings 3:2. Alternate translation: “in which people will worship you”
835	8:45	d6n5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	their prayer and their request	1	The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the people are sincere as they make their request. See how you translated similar words in 1 Kings 8:28. Alternate translation: “their request”
836	8:46	d9cq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	Suppose that they sin … suppose that you are	1	When Solomon was speaking, these hypothetical situations had not happened, but Solomon knew that they might happen in the future. Use the form in your language for talking about events that have not happened but might happen in the future.
837	8:47	rbr1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	suppose that they realize … suppose that they repent … Suppose that they say	1	When Solomon was speaking, these hypothetical situations had not happened, but Solomon knew that they might happen in the future. Use the form in your language for talking about events that have not happened but might happen in the future.
838	8:47	d7fu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	where they have been exiled	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “where their enemies have taken them as exiles”
839	8:47	zw2u			captors	1	people who keep others as prisoners
840	8:47	lcn9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	We have acted perversely and sinned. We have behaved wickedly	1	These two sentences mean the same thing. Together they emphasize how bad the people’s actions were.
841	8:47	gh66		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	acted perversely and sinned	1	The words mean basically the same thing and emphasize how badly the people sinned.
842	8:48	qbv6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	Suppose that they return … suppose that they pray	1	When Solomon was speaking, these hypothetical situations had not happened, but Solomon knew that they might happen in the future. Use the form in your language for talking about events that have not happened but might happen in the future.
843	8:48	mf4u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	with all their heart and with all their soul	1	The idiom “with all … heart” means “completely” and “with all … soul” means “with all … being.” These two phrases have similar meanings. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 2:4. Alternate translation: “with all their being” or “with all their energy” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
844	8:48	pq6q			in the land	1	Alternate translation: “while they are living in the land”
845	8:48	tv6f			toward their land	1	“toward the land in which they belong.” This refers to Israel.
846	8:48	ha3w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	for your name	1	The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for … name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in 1 Kings 3:2. Alternate translation: “in which people will worship you”
847	8:49	m5gj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	their prayer and their request	1	The two words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing. Together they emphasize that the people were sincere as they made their request to Yahweh. See how you translated similar words in 1 Kings 8:28.
848	8:50	k51r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	Forgive your people who have sinned against you, and all their transgressions that they have committed against you	1	Solomon twice requests Yahweh to forgive the people. This emphasizes the earnestness of his request.
849	8:51	lr1a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	a furnace where iron is forged	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a furnace where people forge iron”
850	8:52	e39q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	May your eyes be open	1	The eye is a synecdoche for the person. Alternate translation: “Please pay attention”
851	8:54	u3p4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	prayer and request	1	The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that he is sincere as he makes his request. See how you translated similar words in 1 Kings 8:28. Alternate translation: “request”
852	8:56	js9b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	May Yahweh be praised	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Praise Yahweh”
853	8:56	vk99		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	Not one word has failed out of all Yahweh’s good promises	1	This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has made every word of his good promises come true”
854	8:57	ff12		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	leave us or forsake us	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize Solomon’s desire for Yahweh to be present with the people.
855	8:58	pqz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	incline our hearts to him	1	Here their “hearts” refer to the people’s desires and emotions. Desiring to please someone is spoken of as inclining the heart toward that person. Alternate translation: “make us want to please him” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
856	8:58	k5k5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	live in all his ways	1	Here “in his ways” is an idiom that refers to the way he wants people to live. Alternate translation: “live as he requires us to live”
857	8:59	n37s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	day and night	1	This merism refers to “all the time” or “continually.”
858	8:61	xz16			let your heart be true	1	Alternate translation: “be wholly devoted”
859	8:61	ke8l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	walk in his statutes	1	The way a person lives is spoken of as if that person were walking on a path. Alternate translation: “always obey his statutes”
860	8:62	bs3g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	all Israel with him	1	This generalization may refer either: (1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in 1 Kings 8:1, or (2) to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every person who lived in Israel.
861	8:63	id7l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	all the people of Israel	1	This generalization may refer either: (1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in 1 Kings 8:1, or (2) to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every person who lived in Israel.
862	8:63	v5e3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	twenty-two thousand oxen	1	“22,000 oxen”
863	8:63	ttb5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	120,000 sheep	1	“one hundred twenty thousand sheep”
864	8:64	yz15			the bronze altar that was before Yahweh	1	“the bronze altar that was in Yahweh’s presence.” Since the temple is Yahweh’s dwelling place among his people, the altar is described as being in his presence.
865	8:65	k9ax		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	all Israel with him	1	This generalization may refer either: (1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in 1 Kings 8:1, or (2) to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every person who lived in Israel. See how you translated similar words in 1 Kings 8:62.
866	8:65	reb2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	seven days … seven days … fourteen days	1	“7 days … 7 days … 14 days”
867	8:66	cs8n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	eighth day	1	The word “eighth” is the ordinal form of “8.”
868	8:66	nja5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	joyful and glad	1	The two words mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis.
869	9:intro	iy5f				0	1 Kings 9 General Notes Structure and formatting There are two parts to this chapter. Verses 1–9 is a dream in which God warned Solomon that he and his descendants were not to worship idols. If they did this, the temple would be destroyed. Verses 10–28 is about Solomon’s extensive building and his partnership with Hiram, king of Tyre. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) Special concepts in this chapter Worship only Yahweh Yahweh alone must be worshiped. It is necessary for people to stay faithful to God and not worship idols. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) Important figures of speech in this chapter Metaphor ‘Walk” is a common image in Scripture. It is said, “if you walk before me as David your father walked.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/walk]])
870	9:3	f3hf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	your prayer and your request	1	The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that Yahweh recognized that Solomon’s request was sincere. See how you translated similar words in 1 Kings 8:28. Alternate translation: “your request”
871	9:3	a6as		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	to put my name there forever	1	The name is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “to dwell there and to claim possession of it forever”
872	9:3	hnx7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	My eyes and my heart will be there	1	The eyes and heart are synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “I will protect and care for it”
873	9:4	h1h9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	if you walk before me as David your father walked	1	The way a person lives is spoken of as if that person were walking on a path. Alternate translation: “if you live the way I want you to live, just as David your father did”
874	9:4	v4jv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	in integrity of heart and in uprightness	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize how righteous David was.
875	9:5	gx58		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	the throne of your kingdom	1	Here “throne” refers to his reign. Alternate translation: “your dynasty” or “your reign”
876	9:5	yq42		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	will never fail to be on the throne of Israel	1	The action of ruling a kingdom is spoken of as if it were a person sitting on a throne. This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “will always rule over Israel” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
877	9:6	rn8v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	my commandments and my statutes	1	Here the words “commandments” and “statutes” mean basically the same thing and emphasize all that Yahweh has commanded.
878	9:6	h58e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	worship other gods and bow down to them	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis.
879	9:7	jc4g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	set apart to my name	1	Here the word “name” is a metonym for the person who possesses something. Alternate translation: “set apart for myself”
880	9:7	s96h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	I will cast it out of my sight	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word sight, you can express the same idea with the verb “see.” Looking at something is a metaphor for protecting it. Alternate translation: “I will put it where I no longer have to see it” or “I will get rid of it so I no longer have to protect it” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
881	9:8	r7b8			This temple will become a heap of ruins	1	Alternate translation: “This temple will be destroyed and its remains will be piled into a high mound”
882	9:8	i5gt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	will be shocked and will hiss	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will express amazement and make a sound of disrespect”
883	9:9	dng9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	bowed down to them and worshiped them	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. The phrase “bowed down to them” describes the posture that people used in worship.
884	9:10	ug4u			It came about	1	This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way of doing this, you could consider using it here.
885	9:10	h3xz			at the end of twenty years	1	Alternate translation: “after 20 years”
886	9:10	f22q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	Solomon had finished building	1	It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this.
887	9:13	vnk3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	What cities are these which you have given me, my brother?	1	Hiram is rebuking Solomon. This questions can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “These cities that you have given me are good for nothing.”
888	9:13	g2mb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	which they are still called today	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and people still call them that today”
889	9:14	ppd5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	120 talents of gold	1	“one hundred and twenty talents of gold.” A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “about 4,000 kilograms of gold” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
890	9:15	yc64			the account of the forced labor which King Solomon imposed	1	Alternate translation: “the account of Solomon requiring men to work”
891	9:15	xw7y			the Millo	1	This could mean: (1) “the terrace system” or (2) “the landfill.”
892	9:16	g237		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Pharaoh king of Egypt had gone up	1	The person is a metonym for the army he commands. Alternate translation: “The army of Pharaoh, king of Egypt, had gone up”
893	9:17	u6mz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	So Solomon rebuilt Gezer	1	It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this.
894	9:22	j3hj			Solomon made no forced laborers of the people of Israel	1	Alternate translation: “Solomon did not force the people of Israel to labor”
895	9:23	ql3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	550 of them	1	“five hundred and fifty of them”
896	9:24	yuq9			built the Millo	1	This could mean: (1) “built the terrace system” or (2) “built the landfill.” See how you translated “the Millo” in 1 Kings 9:15.
897	9:25	z3be			altar that was before Yahweh	1	See how you translated this phrase in 1 Kings 8:64.
898	9:25	yqb6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	So he completed the temple	1	Solomon is a metonym for the workers he hired to do the work. Alternate translation: “So his workers completed the temple”
899	9:26	k7ed		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	King Solomon built	1	It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this.
900	9:26	f1yt			a fleet of ships	1	Alternate translation: “a large group of ships”
901	9:28	sv65		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	420 talents of gold	1	“four hundred and twenty talents of gold.” A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “about 14,000 kilograms of gold” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
902	10:intro	abca				0	1 Kings 10 General Notes Structure and formatting There are two parts to this chapter: The fame of Solomon’s wisdom and the wealth of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) Special concepts in this chapter Queen of Sheba King Solomon became so famous for his wisdom that the queen of Sheba (modern day Yemen) came all the way to see him and was deeply impressed. God promised him great wealth and he became famously rich. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
903	10:1	ll43		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Solomon’s fame concerning the name of Yahweh	1	Here Yahweh is represented by his “name.” This could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “Solomon’s fame, which glorified Yahweh” or (2) Alternate translation: “Solomon’s fame, which Yahweh had given him”
904	10:2	ktj1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	all that was in her heart	1	This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “everything she wanted to know”
905	10:5	cyv4			the seating of his servants	1	This could mean: (1) “how his servants were seated around the table” or (2) “where his servants lived.”
906	10:5	fj7p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	there was no more breath in her	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “she was utterly amazed”
907	10:6	j9u6			I heard in my own land	1	Alternate translation: “I heard while I was in my own land”
908	10:6	jsh6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	your words and your wisdom	1	Here the word “wisdom” can describe the word “words.” Alternate translation: “your wise sayings”
909	10:7	w8cg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	my eyes have seen it	1	The phrase “my eyes” emphasizes that she herself saw it. Alternate translation: “I have seen it for myself”
910	10:7	eha5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Not half was told me about your wisdom and wealth	1	This can be stated without the passive form. Alternate translation: “They did not tell me about even half of your wisdom and wealth” or “You are much more wise and wealthy than what they told me”
911	10:8	p6v2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	who constantly stand before you	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “who are always in your presence waiting to serve you”
912	10:9	jp39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	May Yahweh your God be praised	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May people praise Yahweh your God”
913	10:9	vgv4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	who placed you on the throne of Israel	1	The throne is a metonym for the king who sits on it. Alternate translation: “who made you king of Israel”
914	10:10	nkd9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	120 talents of gold	1	“one hundred and twenty talents of gold.” A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “about 4,000 kilograms of gold” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
915	10:10	qy6h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	No greater amount of spices … was ever given to him again	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one ever again gave to King Solomon more spices than the queen of Sheba gave to him”
916	10:11	ss8l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	almug wood	1	a type of wood, possibly one with a pleasant scent
917	10:12	w9a9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	The king made	1	It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. Alternate translation: “The king told his people to make”
918	10:12	k51b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	or been seen again	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “nor has anyone ever seen such a great quantity again”
919	10:12	l6t4			to this day	1	This means to the day that the author was writing this.
920	10:13	k6r5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	everything she wished for, whatever she asked	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis.
921	10:13	yw6r			of his royal bounty	1	Alternate translation: “because as king he had so much”
922	10:14	s28z			in one year	1	“each year.” This refers to every year of Solomon’s reign, and not to just one time.
923	10:14	wr4k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	666 talents of gold	1	“six hundred sixty-six.” A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “almost 22,000 kilograms of gold” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
924	10:16	ur9k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	King Solomon made	1	It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. Alternate translation: “King Solomon’s men made”
925	10:16	dc4k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	two hundred large shields	1	“200 large shields”
926	10:16	qcy8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	Six hundred shekels of gold	1	A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “About 6.6 kilograms of gold” or “Six and one half kilograms of gold”
927	10:16	eu65			Six hundred shekels	1	Because the word “shekels” does not appear here in the Hebrew text, some modern versions assume instead the unit of bekah, which was equivalent to only a half shekel. Any version making this assumption would signal a metric equivalent of about three kilograms.
928	10:17	zp6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	He also made	1	It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. Alternate translation: “The king’s men also made”
929	10:17	x89d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	three hundred shields	1	“300 shields”
930	10:17	x1m1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	Three minas of gold	1	A mina is a unit of weight equal to about 550 grams. Alternate translation: “About 1.7 kilograms of gold” or “One and three-quarters kilograms of gold”
931	10:17	ii47			the Palace of the Forest of Lebanon	1	“the house called the House of the Lebanon Forest.” See how you translated this in 1 Kings 7:2.
932	10:18	rq21		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	the king made	1	It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped the king do this. Alternate translation: “the king’s men made”
933	10:18	bcw6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	throne of ivory	1	Ivory is the hard, white substance from the tusks or teeth of large animals.
934	10:21	ky1i			the Palace of the Forest of Lebanon	1	“the house called the House of the Lebanon Forest.” See how you translated this in 1 Kings 7:2.
935	10:22	b4zx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ivory	1	Ivory is the hard, white substance from the tusks or teeth of large animals. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 10:18.
936	10:22	qu73		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	apes and baboons	1	These animals live wild in Africa. At the ends of their four limbs are what look like human hands and feet, and they have long tails. Some people consider baboons a type of ape.
937	10:24	d3dl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	All the earth	1	This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “People from everywhere” or “People from many different places”
938	10:24	a1m3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	sought the presence of Solomon	1	The presence of the person is a metonym for being able to speak and listen to the person. Alternate translation: “sought an audience with Solomon” or “wanted to visit Solomon”
939	10:24	en9c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	to hear his wisdom, which God had put in his heart	1	The heart is a metonym for what a person thinks and is spoken of as if it were a container. Here, wisdom is spoken of as if it were an object that could be put in a container and can be translated as an adjective. It can be a metonym for either the person or the words the person speaks. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word wisdom, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “to hear his wisdom, which God had given him” or “to hear how wise God had enabled him to be” or “to hear him speak the wise words that God had enabled him to speak”
940	10:26	d168		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	1,400 chariots and twelve thousand horsemen	1	“one thousand four hundred chariots and 12,000 horsemen”
941	10:27	hi32		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	The king had silver in Jerusalem, as much as the stones on the ground	1	The narrator uses exaggeration to emphasize the great amount of silver that was in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “The king had so much silver in Jerusalem, it was like there was as much silver as there was stones on the ground”
942	10:28	qm3h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	were imported from Egypt	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that his merchants had bought from people in Egypt”
943	10:28	hmd8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Kue	1	This is the name of a region. Some think that Kue was the same as Cilicia, in Asia Minor.
944	10:29	a9id		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Chariots were purchased	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “His merchants purchased chariots”
945	10:29	m334		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	six hundred shekels of silver & 150 shekels	1	A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 6.6 kilograms of silver … about 1.7 kilograms”
946	10:29	z3uu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	six hundred shekels of silver	1	“600 shekels of silver”
947	10:29	ce7h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	150 shekels	1	“one hundred and fifty shekels”
948	10:29	e5bh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Many of these were then sold	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “His merchants then sold many of these”
949	11:intro	abcb				0	1 Kings 11 General Notes Structure and formatting This is the end of the story of Solomon. (Chapters 1–11) Special concepts in this chapter Intermarriage with Gentiles God had told the people of Israel in Moses’s law never to marry women from the Gentile nations. But Solomon married many women from Gentile countries. This was because their religious beliefs would negatively affect Israel. Solomon, the wisest man, became a fool and his wives persuaded him to worship foolish idols. God became angry and warned he would take away 10 tribes from the kingdom of his son. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]], [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]], [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
950	11:1	i6y4			Now King Solomon	1	The word “Now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line where the narrator starts to tell a new part of the story.
951	11:1	rz6n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Moabites, Ammonites, Edomites, Sidonians, and Hittites	1	These are names of people groups.
952	11:2	u5n2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	turn your heart to their gods	1	To “turn someone’s heart” is to convince that person to change his affection. Alternate translation: “persuade you to worship the gods that they worship” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
953	11:3	pv2y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	seven hundred royal wives and three hundred concubines	1	“700 royal wives and 300 concubines”
954	11:3	l6qf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	turned his heart away	1	To “turn someone’s heart” is to convince that person to change his affection. See how you translated a similar phrase in 1 Kings 11:1. Alternate translation: “turned his heart away from Yahweh” or “persuaded him to stop worshiping Yahweh” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
955	11:4	d7qt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	his heart was not fully surrendered … as was the heart of David	1	To “surrender” your heart refers to giving total allegiance and affection. Alternate translation: “he was not fully devoted … as was David”
956	11:5	u9if		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ashtoreth … Molech	1	These are the names of false gods.
957	11:5	pjt2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Sidonians	1	This is the name of a people group.
958	11:5	ucx3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	he followed Molech	1	Some version render this as “Milcom.”
959	11:6	irv2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	what was evil in the sight of Yahweh	1	The phrase, “in the sight of” refers to someone’s opinion. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh considered to be evil”
960	11:7	tm2s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Chemosh … Molech	1	These are the names of false gods.
961	11:8	pkl8			sacrificed to their gods at them	1	Here the words “at them” refer to the shrines that Solomon built.
962	11:9	c133		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	his heart had turned away from him	1	The words “his heart had turned” refer to his having changed allegiance and affection. See how you translated a similar phrase in 1 Kings 11:1. Alternate translation: “Solomon had stopped worshiping Yahweh” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
963	11:9	h8sw			he had appeared to him twice	1	Alternate translation: “Yahweh had appeared to Solomon twice”
964	11:11	xd9u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	tear the kingdom from you	1	To “tear from” is to forcefully remove. This is like a person tears apart a piece of cloth. Alternate translation: “forcefully take the kingdom from you”
965	11:12	d4rp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	the hand of your son	1	The word “hand” refers to control, authority and power. Alternate translation: “your son’s control”
966	11:14	gu9w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Hadad	1	This is the name of a man.
967	11:16	gn6i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	Joab and all Israel	1	The words “all Israel” refer to the army of Israel. Alternate translation: “Joab and all of the Israelite army”
968	11:17	dd34		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	But Hadad was taken with other Edomites by his father’s servants	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “But the servants of Hadad’s father took him with other Edomites”
969	11:18	vp1v			They left Midian	1	Here the word “They” refers to Hadad and the other Edomites mentioned in 1 Kings 11:17.
970	11:18	g3dy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Midian … Paran … Egypt	1	These are the names of places.
971	11:19	vy6v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Tahpenes	1	This is the name of a woman.
972	11:20	cu24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Tahpenes	1	This is the name of a woman.
973	11:20	kna5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Hadad … Genubath	1	These are names of men.
974	11:21	ub66		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	David had lain down with his ancestors	1	This is a polite way of saying David was dead. Alternate translation: “David had died”
975	11:23	gw5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Rezon … Eliada … Hadadezer	1	These are names of men.
976	11:23	nuu8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Zobah	1	This is the name of a location.
977	11:24	g294		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Zobah … Damascus	1	These are names of locations.
978	11:24	xw9z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	when David defeated	1	Here “David” refers to David and his army. Alternate translation: “when David’s army overcame”
979	11:25	c11u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Aram	1	This is the name of a location.
980	11:25	uqb4			all the days of Solomon	1	Alternate translation: “during the time that Solomon was alive” or “all the days of Solomon’s life”
981	11:25	q4nx			Rezon abhorred Israel	1	Alternate translation: “Rezon hated Israel very much”
982	11:26	my6s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Jeroboam … Nebat	1	These are names of men.
983	11:26	p4a7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Zeredah	1	This is the name of a location.
984	11:26	dp3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Zeruah	1	This is the name of a woman.
985	11:26	t72j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	lifted up his hand against the king	1	The word “hand” refers to authority, power and control. The phrase “lifted up against” refers to having opposed someone by using authority, power and control. This is a metonym used as a common idiom. Alternate translation: “rebelled against the king” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
986	11:27	zc8g			Solomon had built up the place located at Millo	1	Translate “Millo” as in 1 Kings 9:15.
987	11:28	y6ga			a mighty man of valor	1	This could mean: (1) “a great warrior” or (2) “a very capable man” or (3) “a wealthy and influential man.”
988	11:28	kz58			he gave him command	1	Alternate translation: “he made him commander”
989	11:28	xb54		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	all the labor	1	The word “labor” refers to the work that Solomon commanded the people to do for his government. This is a metonym.
990	11:28	hea7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	the house of Joseph	1	This refers to the descendants of Joseph who were the people groups of Ephraim and Manasseh. This is a metonym.
991	11:29	ijr8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ahijah	1	This is the name of a man.
992	11:29	e5f2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Shilonite	1	The Shilonites are a people group.
993	11:31	b9tk			He said	1	Here the word “He” refers to Ahijah.
994	11:31	zw4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	tear the kingdom out	1	Here “tear … out” is a metaphor that refers to the action of forcefully removing. This is like a person tears apart a piece of cloth. See how you translated this phrase in 1 Kings 11:11. Alternate translation: “forcefully take the kingdom out”
995	11:31	ei9m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	the hand of Solomon	1	Here “hand” is a metonym that refers to a person’s authority, control and power. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s control”
996	11:32	m8js		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Solomon will have	1	The name “Solomon” here is a metonym referring to his descendants. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s sons will have” or “Solomon’s descendants will have”
997	11:33	f1ie		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ashtoreth … Chemosh … Molech	1	These are the names of false gods.
998	11:33	wij3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Sidonians … Moab … Ammon	1	These are the names of locations and the people groups that live there.
999	11:33	ebs4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	what is right in my eyes	1	“Eyes” here is a metonym for someone’s opinion or idea. This is a commonly used idiom. Alternate translation: “what I consider to be right” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1000	11:34	i3w3			I will not take	1	Here the word “I” refers to Yahweh.
1001	11:34	e7rw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	out of Solomon’s hand	1	Here the word “hand” is a metonym that refers to a person’s authority, control and power. Alternate translation: “out of Solomon’s control”
1002	11:35	u6ey			I will give it to you	1	Here the word “you” refers to Jeroboam.
1003	11:36	nvf4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	may always have a lamp before me	1	The word “lamp” is a metonym that refers to a person’s influence and guidance. Alternate translation: “will always have a descendant to rule as an influence and a guide for obeying my covenant with David’s family”
1004	11:37	zb1t			I will take you	1	Here the word “I” refers to Yahweh and the word “you” refers to Jeroboam.
1005	11:38	z9vj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	what is right in my eyes	1	The word “eyes” here is a metonym for someone’s opinion or idea. This is a commonly used idiom. See how you translated this phrase in 1 Kings 11:33. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1006	11:38	zk8x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	build you a sure house	1	The clause “build a house” is a metaphor for establishing descendants from that time on. Alternate translation: “establish for you a lasting kingdom”
1007	11:40	m9v1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Shishak	1	This is the name of a man.
1008	11:41	cf3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	are they not written in the book of the events of Solomon?	1	This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. Alternate translation: “you can find them in the book of the events of Solomon.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1009	11:41	yk5p			the book of the events of Solomon	1	This book no longer exists.
1010	11:43	wer1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	He slept with his ancestors and he was buried	1	The clause “slept with his ancestors” is a metaphor that expresses as a euphemism the death of a person in more gentle words. Alternate translation: “He died and he was buried with his ancestors” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1011	11:43	ttg1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	he was buried	1	This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “people buried him”
1012	12:intro	abcc				0	1 Kings 12 General Notes Structure and formatting Civil war This chapter explains how the united kingdom of Israel was split into the two kingdoms: Israel and Judah. This is sometimes called a “civil war.” Special concepts in this chapter Israel splits God’s warning to Solomon came true. In spite of his famous wealth, Solomon had over-taxed his own people and forced them to work for free. When the people requested that King Rehoboam reduce taxes and forced labor, he said that he would be harsher than his father. This caused the 10 northern tribes to revolt and appoint Jeroboam as their king. These northern tribes are now called the kingdom of Israel. Only Judah and Benjamin stayed with Rehoboam. They are called Judah. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]]) Jeroboam introduces calf worship Jeroboam made a terrible mistake. He was afraid that if the people continued to go to Jerusalem to worship in the temple, they would want to return to Rehoboam as their king. So he made two shrines with calves made of gold for the people to worship. This eventually caused the destruction of his whole family. The kingdom of Israel continued worshiping the idols until they were taken slaves by the Assyrians. The northern tribes were unable to truly worship Yahweh without going to Jerusalem in the kingdom of Judah. Important figures of speech in this chapter Metaphor The people used the metaphor of “yoke” for oppressive government: “Your father made our yoke difficult. Now then, make your father’s hard work easier, and lighten the heavy yoke that he put on us.” But Rehoboam promised to increase their oppression with three metaphors: “My little finger is thicker than my father’s waist. So now, although my father burdened you with a heavy yoke, I will add to your yoke. My father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions.” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
1013	12:1	rer8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	all Israel was coming	1	Here “Israel” represents all the men of Israel capable of fighting. Here “all Israel” is a generalization which means almost all the men of Israel. Alternate translation: “all the men of Israel were coming” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1014	12:2	kgj5			It happened that	1	This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1015	12:2	s9f6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Jeroboam … Nebat	1	These are the names of men.
1016	12:3	hs1v			called him	1	Here the word “him” refers to Jeroboam.
1017	12:4	nt4b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	made our yoke heavy	1	A heavy yoke is a metaphor for very difficult labor and requirements. Alternate translation: “treated us cruelly” or “forced us to work very hard”
1018	12:6	b1cu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	the old men who had stood before Solomon	1	To “stand before” is an idiom for serving the king in his presence. Alternate translation: “the old men who counseled Solomon” or “the old men who attended to Solomon”
1019	12:9	w13a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Lighten the yoke that your father put on us	1	To “lighten the yoke” is a metaphor to represent lifting of the burden. Alternate translation: “Do not treat us as cruelly as your father did” or “Do not force us to work as hard as your father did”
1020	12:10	f3lx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	My little finger is thicker than my father’s waist	1	This metaphor means that Rehoboam is more cruel and intimidating than his father. Alternate translation: “What I will do to make your burden heavier is much more than what my father put on you”
1021	12:11	p1d4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	My father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions	1	This metaphor means that the punishment Rehoboam plans to give will be worse than what his father gave. Alternate translation: “My father used whips to force you to work but I will use even crueler punishment”
1022	12:11	y1yh			punish you with scorpions	1	The word scorpions may refer to: (1) a whip with sharp metal barbs on the end or (2) a spider-like creature that has a poisonous sting.
1023	12:14	akf3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	burdened you with a heavy yoke	1	A heavy yoke is a metaphor for very difficult labor and requirements. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 12:4. Alternate translation: “treated you cruelly” or “forced you to work very hard”
1024	12:14	m7vy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	My father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions	1	This metaphor means that the punishment Rehoboam plans to give will be worse than what his father gave. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 12:11. Alternate translation: “My father used whips to force you to work but I will use even crueler punishment”
1025	12:15	tz7u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	it was a turn of events brought about by Yahweh	1	This is an idiom and can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh caused things to happen like this” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1026	12:15	k3cf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	his word that he had spoken by Ahijah … to Jeroboam	1	The idiom “had spoken by” someone refers to giving someone a message to tell others.
1027	12:15	cf34		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ahijah … Jeroboam … Nebat	1	These are the names of men.
1028	12:15	e3ze		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Shilonite	1	This is the name of a people group from the town of Shiloh.
1029	12:16	xhj1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	all Israel	1	Here “Israel” represents all he men of Israel capable of fighting. “All Israel” is a generalization which means almost all the men of Israel. Alternate translation: “all the men of Israel” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1030	12:16	k5yx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	What share do we have in David?	1	“Share” here is a metonym meaning a part, involvement, or interest. This question can be translated as a simple statement. Alternate translation: “We will have no part in the family of David.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1031	12:16	b5fl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	We have no inheritance in the son of Jesse	1	“Son of Jesse” here is a metonym for David, a son of Jesse. “Inheritance” is a metonym for the part left for these people from David’s successes. Alternate translation: “We will have nothing to do with the descendants of Jesse”
1032	12:16	u1a1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Go to your tents, Israel	1	“Tents” here is a metonym representing a person’s place of residence. Alternate translation: “Go to your homes, people of Israel”
1033	12:16	l1mn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Now see to your own house, David	1	“House” here is a metonym for David’s lineage of power and prestige. Alternate translation: “Now take care of your own kingdom, descendant of David”
1034	12:18	qw63		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Adoniram	1	This is the name of a man.
1035	12:18	nf44		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	all Israel	1	Here “Israel” is a metonym for the people of Israel. “All Israel” is a generalization which means almost all the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “all the people of Israel who were there” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1036	12:19	e9fg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	the house of David	1	Here “house” is a metonym that represents family or descendants. Alternate translation: “the kings descended from David”
1037	12:19	wki7			to this day	1	“ever since that time.” This refers to the time that the writer was actually writing this.
1038	12:20	ek8h			It happened that	1	This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1039	12:20	xsq2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	when all Israel heard	1	“All Israel” here is a generalization that means the capable men of Israel who represent the rest of the people by a synecdoche. Alternate translation: “when all the leaders of Israel heard” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1040	12:20	q57f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	king over all Israel	1	“Israel” implicitly means the northern ten tribes that rebelled against Rehoboam. Alternate translation: “king over all of the 10 tribes of Israel”
1041	12:20	e94p			the family of David	1	Alternate translation: “David’s descendants”
1042	12:21	bcr4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	all the house of Judah and the tribe of Benjamin	1	Here “house” is a metonym that represents a tribe or descendants. And, here “tribe” refers specifically to the soldiers from those tribes. Alternate translation: “all the soldiers from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin”
1043	12:21	sx4r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	180,000 chosen men	1	“one hundred eighty thousand chosen men”
1044	12:21	va9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	the house of Israel	1	Here “house” represents the kingdom made up of the 10 northern tribes of Israel. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of Israel” or “the people of the northern tribes of Israel”
1045	12:22	lz9d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	the word of God came … it said	1	This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. Alternate translation: “God spoke this message … and he said” or “God spoke these words … and he said”
1046	12:22	bf83		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Shemaiah	1	This is the name of a man.
1047	12:22	t1dq			the man of God	1	The expression “man of God” is a respectful way of referring to a prophet of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “the man who belongs to God” or “the prophet of God”
1048	12:23	v1cq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	all the house of Judah and Benjamin	1	Here “house” is a metonym that represents a tribe or descendants. Alternate translation: “all the people from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin”
1049	12:24	s1c7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	your brothers the people of Israel	1	The words “brothers” and “people of Israel” are a doublet that refer to the men of the ten northern tribes and emphasize the family relationship between them and the tribes of Judah and Benjamin.
1050	12:24	kwz5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	for this thing has been made to happen by me	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “because I have made this thing happen”
1051	12:26	ul7w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	thought in his heart	1	“Heart” here is a metonym for a person’s inner consciousness, thoughts, motivation, or feelings. Alternate translation: “thought to himself”
1052	12:26	ek8x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	the house of David	1	Here “house” is a metonym representing family or descendants. Alternate translation: “the kings descended from David”
1053	12:27	t95u			If these people go up	1	The words “these people” refer to the people of the northern ten tribes of Israel.
1054	12:27	jw8j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	the heart of these people	1	“Heart” here is a metonym for the people’s allegiance and affection. Alternate translation: “the allegiance of these people”
1055	12:27	vzl3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	turn again to their master, to Rehoboam king of Judah … return to Rehoboam king of Judah	1	These phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined to emphasize Jeroboam’s fear that the people would turn again to Rehoboam as king.
1056	12:28	aag1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	brought you up	1	“You” here is a metonym for the ancestors of the people. Alternate translation: “brought your ancestors up”
1057	12:31	mi56		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Jeroboam made houses on high places	1	The workers who did this at Jeroboam’s commands are represented by the metonym of the name of Jeroboam himself. Alternate translation: “Jeroboam’s workers made houses on high places”
1058	12:31	d1nx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	houses on high places	1	The implied information is that these were houses of worship. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “houses of worship on high places”
1059	12:31	q1ht			made priests	1	Alternate translation: “appointed men to be priests”
1060	12:32	t9dt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths	in the eighth month, on the fifteenth day of the month	1	This is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. The fifteenth day is near the beginning of November on Western calendars. Alternate translation: “on the fifteenth day of the eighth month” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1061	12:32	f8e9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	went up to the altar	1	“Went up” here is an idiom for going to a sacred place to worship since these altars were located on high places. Alternate translation: “offered sacrifices on the altar”
1062	12:33	t8tb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	went up to the altar	1	“Went up” here is an idiom for going to a sacred place to worship since these altars were located on high places. Alternate translation: “offered sacrifices on the altar”
1063	12:33	uh1v			in the month he had planned in his own mind	1	Alternate translation: “in the month that he had determined”
1064	13:intro	abcd				0	1 Kings 13 General Notes Structure and formatting This chapter has two parts: The young prophet’s warning to Jeroboam (1–10) and the old prophet’s deception (11–34). (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) Special concepts in this chapter Obeying God People should do what God tells them to do and not what other people tell them is God’s will for them. The story of the young prophet and the old prophet is an example of this. (See:[[rc:///tw/dict/bible/other/reward]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]])
1065	13:1	xe5m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	A man of God came out of Judah by the word of Yahweh to Bethel	1	The implied information is that Yahweh sent the man of God to Bethel. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh sent a man of God from Judah to Bethel” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1066	13:1	gc3y			A man of God	1	This is another title for a prophet. Alternate translation: “A prophet”
1067	13:1	zw3a			came out of Judah	1	Alternate translation: “came from Judah”
1068	13:1	y888			the word of Yahweh	1	Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s message”
1069	13:2	w431			He cried against the altar	1	Here “He” refers to the man of God.
1070	13:2	j9hb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	cried against the altar	1	This means he prophesied toward the altar in a loud and condemning voice. Alternate translation: “prophesied loudly toward the altar”
1071	13:2	b5kx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	Altar, altar	1	The prophet spoke to the altar as if it were a person who could hear him. He said this twice for emphasis. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1072	13:2	xz9x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	a son named Josiah will be born to the family of David	1	Here the “family of David” refers to the descendants of David. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a descendant of David will have a son named Josiah” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1073	13:2	rc7m			they will burn	1	Here “they” refers to Josiah and the people with him.
1074	13:3	z5ty		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	the altar will be split apart, and the ashes on it will be poured out	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will split the altar apart and the ashes on it will fall to the ground”
1075	13:4	vle1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	the hand with which he had reached out against the man dried up	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh dried up the hand with which he had reached out against the man”
1076	13:4	zft3			dried up	1	Alternate translation: “withered” or “became paralyzed”
1077	13:5	pg6i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	The altar was also split apart	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh also split the altar apart”
1078	13:5	r5aa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	as described by the sign that the man of God had given by the word of Yahweh	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as the man of God had described by the word of Yahweh as a sign”
1079	13:5	u4ww			the word of Yahweh	1	Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s message”
1080	13:6	y2ga		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	Plead for the favor of Yahweh your God	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word favor, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “Plead that Yahweh your God may favor me”
1081	13:6	mlb5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	my hand may be restored to me again	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh may restore my hand”
1082	13:6	whk6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	the king’s hand was restored to him again, and it became as it was before	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh restored the king’s hand and made it as it was before”
1083	13:7	hp7c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	Come home with me and refresh yourself	1	The word “yourself” is a reflexive pronoun. Alternate translation: “Come home with me and eat some food”
1084	13:8	m4ns			half your possessions	1	Alternate translation: “half of your house”
1085	13:9	cz7l			You will eat no bread nor drink water, nor return by the way that you came	1	Alternate translation: “Do not eat bread, drink water, or return by the way that you came”
1086	13:10	zph8			left another way	1	Alternate translation: “went a different way”
1087	13:12	ujg1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	his sons had seen the way	1	The implied information is that the sons also told their father which way the man of God went.
1088	13:13	heb1			Saddle	1	This means to place a seat on the back of an animal so a person can ride on it.
1089	13:14	ijy3			The old prophet	1	This refers to the prophet who lived in Bethel.
1090	13:14	iz7y			he said to him	1	Alternate translation: “the old prophet said to the man of God”
1091	13:14	z6cq			He answered	1	Alternate translation: “The man of God answered”
1092	13:16	r6gl			go in with you	1	Alternate translation: “go into your house”
1093	13:16	tlu7			in this place	1	Alternate translation: “in Bethel”
1094	13:17	lc3f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	it was commanded to me by the word of Yahweh	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh commanded me by his word”
1095	13:17	h2f5			the word of Yahweh	1	Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s message”
1096	13:18	z9es			an angel spoke to me by the word of Yahweh	1	Alternate translation: “an angel delivered to me a message from Yahweh”
1097	13:18	nn2d			by the word of Yahweh	1	Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s message”
1098	13:20	jm5r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	As they sat at the table	1	The implied information is that they were still eating and drinking at the table. Alternate translation: “As they were eating and drinking at the table”
1099	13:20	gh86		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	the word of Yahweh came to the prophet	1	The idiom “the word of Yahweh came to” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in 1 Kings 6:11. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to the prophet” or “Yahweh spoke this message to the prophet”
1100	13:20	smt3			brought him back	1	Here the word “him” refers to the man of God.
1101	13:21	t7yr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	came from Judah, saying, “Yahweh	1	The idiom “the word of Yahweh came to” in the previous verse is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in 1 Kings 6:11. Alternate translation: “came from Judah. He said, ‘Yahweh” or “came from Judah: ‘Yahweh”
1102	13:21	ka7n			he cried to the man of God	1	Alternate translation: “the prophet spoke loudly to the man of God”
1103	13:21	c5k8			Because you have been disobedient to the word of Yahweh	1	Alternate translation: “Because you have not obeyed the word of Yahweh”
1104	13:23	yg23			the prophet saddled the donkey	1	This means he placed a seat on the back of the donkey so the man of God could ride on it. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 13:13.
1105	13:24	cs7d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	his body was left on the road	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “left his body on the road”
1106	13:24	b5wa			his body	1	Alternate translation: “his dead body”
1107	13:25	sim2			they came and told it	1	Here “it” refers to what they had seen on the road. Alternate translation: “they came and told about what they had seen”
1108	13:28	im6s			the body	1	Alternate translation: “the dead body of the man of God”
1109	13:28	s3e9			left in the road	1	Alternate translation: “lying in the road”
1110	13:29	f12j			took up	1	Alternate translation: “lifted up”
1111	13:29	v8rd			the body	1	Alternate translation: “the dead body”
1112	13:30	m79y			they mourned	1	Here the word “they” refers to the prophet and his sons.
1113	13:30	s4c8			Woe, my brother!	1	The word “Woe” here is an expression of great sorrow.
1114	13:31	mwf5			he had buried him	1	Here the word “he” refers to the old prophet and the word “him” refers to the man of God.
1115	13:31	h3ms		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	Lay my bones beside his bones	1	Here “my bones” represents his entire body. Alternate translation: “Lay my dead body beside his bones”
1116	13:32	cl38		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	houses on the high places	1	The implied information is that these were houses of worship. Alternate translation: “houses of worship on the high places”
1117	13:34	u6v6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	This matter became sin to the family of Jeroboam	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jeroboam’s family sinned by doing this thing”
1118	13:34	u16a			This matter	1	This phrase refers to Jeroboam’s setting up shrines and appointing priests.
1119	13:34	ab53		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	caused his family to be destroyed and to be exterminated	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “because of this God destroyed and exterminated Jeroboam’s family”
1120	13:34	p7vm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	to be destroyed and to be exterminated	1	These mean nearly the same thing. Alternate translation: “to be completely destroyed”
1121	14:intro	abce				0	1 Kings 14 General Notes Structure and formatting This chapter has two stories. One is the death of Jeroboam’s son (1–18). The other is the reign of Rehoboam (20–31). Special concepts in this chapter The death of Jeroboam’s son God knows the truth; it is useless to try to fool God’s prophet. Jeroboam’s son became sick; so the king sent his wife, disguised as a common woman, to the prophet. The prophet was blind, but when Jeroboam’s wife arrived he told her, “Come in, wife of Jeroboam.” He also told her that her son would die and that all of Jeroboam’s family would be killed, because he had caused Israel to worship the golden calves. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/true]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) Rehoboam’s reign When Solomon obeyed God, God made him very rich. When the people of Judah began to worship the fertility goddess, Ashtoreth, and to do many evil things, they had to give all of their wealth to the king of Egypt to persuade him not to attack Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
1122	14:2	qek9			disguise yourself	1	Alternate translation: “change how you appear to others”
1123	14:2	dqs3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	you will not be recognized	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will recognize you”
1124	14:5	gqa2			Look, the wife of Jeroboam	1	Here the word “Look” means “pay attention.”
1125	14:5	j3d5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	coming to seek advice from you	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word advice, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “coming to ask you to advise her”
1126	14:5	yfs2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	Say such and such to her	1	The words “such and such” mean that Yahweh told Ahijah what to say. Alternate translation: “Speak in this way to her”
1127	14:6	ua5q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Why do you pretend to be someone you are not?	1	This question shows that Ahijah knew she was disguised. Alternate translation: “Stop pretending to be someone else; I know who you are.”
1128	14:6	d37a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	I have been sent to you with bad news	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh told me to give you bad news”
1129	14:7	yfv3			I raised you	1	Alternate translation: “I exalted you”
1130	14:8	dpr3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	I tore the kingdom away	1	God forcefully removed most of the kingdom like a person tears a piece of cloth.
1131	14:8	bf17			followed me	1	Alternate translation: “obeyed me”
1132	14:8	gar7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	with all his heart	1	Here the “heart” refers to a person’s will and desire. Alternate translation: “with all his will” or “with complete commitment”
1133	14:8	q6zi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	what was right in my eyes	1	The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “what I judged to be right” or “what I considered to be right”
1134	14:9	u58x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	thrust me behind your back	1	Jeroboam has disrespected Yahweh like a person throws away something that is not wanted. Alternate translation: “completely rejected me”
1135	14:10	jtx8			look	1	“pay attention.” This word is added to indicate that what follows is important.
1136	14:10	fi6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	I will cut off … and will completely remove	1	These two phrases are very similar in meaning and are repeated for emphasis.
1137	14:10	yn7w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	cut off from you every male child in Israel	1	Yahweh speaks of destroying Jeroboam’s family and preventing him from having any descendants as if he were cutting them off as one would cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “destroy every one of your male children in Israel”
1138	14:10	zd2e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	will completely remove your family, like someone who burns up dung until it is gone	1	This simile compares the removal of every descendant of Jeroboam with the complete burning up of dung that was mixed with straw, dried, and burned for fuel.
1139	14:11	e4g6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Anyone who belongs to your family who dies in the city will be eaten by dogs	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Dogs will eat anyone who belongs to your family and who dies in the city”
1140	14:11	vp8m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	anyone who dies in the field will be eaten by the birds of the heavens	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the birds of the heavens will eat anyone who dies in the field”
1141	14:12	nm7y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	when your feet enter the city	1	The word “feet” here is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “when you enter the city”
1142	14:13	pc5p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	All Israel	1	This is a generalization that means the people of the northern kingdom of Israel. Alternate translation: “The Israelite people”
1143	14:13	und5			go into a grave	1	Alternate translation: “be buried in a grave”
1144	14:13	y175		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	out of Jeroboam’s house	1	The word “house” here is a metonym for “family.” Alternate translation: “in all of Jeroboam’s family”
1145	14:13	g2na		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	was anything good found in the sight of Yahweh, the God of Israel	1	The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “did Yahweh, the God of Israel, find anything he judged to be good” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1146	14:14	j5k3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	cut off the family of Jeroboam	1	The writer speaks of the new king of Israel destroying Jeroboam’s family and preventing him from having any descendants like one would cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “destroy the descendants of Jeroboam”
1147	14:15	li45		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	Yahweh will attack Israel as a reed is shaken in the water	1	The writer here uses a simile to express how Yahweh will bring judgment on the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will attack the people of Israel as a reed is shaken in the water”
1148	14:15	ul1s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	as a reed is shaken in the water	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “like a river of water shakes a reed”
1149	14:15	fha5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	he will root up Israel out of this good land	1	Yahweh compares Israel with a plant that he will tear out of the ground by its roots. Alternate translation: “he will remove the people of Israel from this good land”
1150	14:15	h592			scatter them	1	Alternate translation: “disperse them”
1151	14:17	w3yy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Tirzah	1	This is the name of the city where king Jeroboam lived.
1152	14:18	tt3k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	All Israel buried him and mourned for him	1	This is a generalization that means the people of Israel buried him and mourned for him. Alternate translation: “A great number of the people of Israel were present when people buried him, and the people of Israel mourned for him”
1153	14:18	h95x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	just as it was told to them by the word of Yahweh	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “just as Yahweh told them”
1154	14:18	be92			by the word of Yahweh	1	Alternate translation: “by the message of Yahweh” or “in Yahweh’s message”
1155	14:19	yrn5			see	1	Alternate translation: “look” or “see for yourself”
1156	14:19	z8ib		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	they are written in	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you can find them written in” or “someone has written about them in”
1157	14:19	bn67			the book of the events of the kings of Israel	1	This refers to a book that no longer exists.
1158	14:20	srn1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	twenty-two years	1	“22 years”
1159	14:20	wjl3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	slept with his ancestors	1	Jeroboam dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 2:10. Alternate translation: “died” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1160	14:21	q3tp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	forty-one years old … seventeen years	1	“41 years old … 17 years”
1161	14:21	j1gb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	in which to put his name	1	Here “put his name” is a metonym for “dwell” and refers to the temple where Yahweh was to be worshiped. Alternate translation: “in which to dwell” or “in which to be worshiped”
1162	14:21	f2e3			His mother’s name	1	Here the word “His” refers to Rehoboam.
1163	14:21	g2ic		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Naamah	1	This is a woman’s name.
1164	14:22	gl83		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Judah did	1	Here “Judah” represents the people of Judah. Alternate translation: “The people of Judah did”
1165	14:22	x9gx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	what was evil in the sight of Yahweh	1	The “sight” of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 11:6. Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considered to be evil”
1166	14:22	v839		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	they provoked him to jealousy	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word jealousy, you can express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “they made him jealous”
1167	14:22	ms6i			their fathers	1	Alternate translation: “their ancestors”
1168	14:23	p8sk			For they also built	1	The word “they” here refers to the people of Judah.
1169	14:23	chb2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	built for themselves	1	The words “for themselves” are a metonym for what they will do with the high places. Alternate translation: “built for their own use” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
1170	14:23	m593		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	on every high hill and under every green tree	1	This is likely to be an exaggeration that indicates there were many places like these for false worship all over the country. Alternate translation: “on the high hills and under the green trees”
1171	14:24	k9ye			cultic prostitutes	1	“religious prostitutes” or “male prostitutes.” This probably refers to male prostitutes who were associated with idol worship.
1172	14:24	sd6g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	the same despicable practices as the nations that	1	Here the word “nations” represents the people in those nations. Alternate translation: “the same disgusting things that the people did, whom”
1173	14:25	bd5w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	in the fifth year of King Rehoboam	1	This refers to the fifth year of Rehoboam’s reign as king. Alternate translation: “in the fifth year that Rehoboam was king”
1174	14:25	r9et		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	in the fifth year	1	“in year 5”
1175	14:25	ims7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	Shishak king of Egypt came up against Jerusalem	1	“Shishak king of Egypt” represents himself along with the Egyptian army. Alternate translation: “Shishak king of Egypt, and his army with him, came up against Jerusalem”
1176	14:25	gj7w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Shishak	1	This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 11:40.
1177	14:25	ly55		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	came up against	1	This is an idiom that means marched against or attacked. Alternate translation: “came to attack”
1178	14:26	e4q1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	He took everything away	1	This is a generalization that indicates every valuable thing that could be found was taken away. Alternate translation: “He took away many valuable things”
1179	14:26	ft41		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	He took	1	The word “He” represents Shishak and the soldiers who were with him. Alternate translation: “Shishak and his army took”
1180	14:26	h6p9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	that Solomon had made	1	Here “Solomon” refers to the craftsmen who worked for Solomon to make the shields. Alternate translation: “that Solomon had his workers make”
1181	14:27	q3ge		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	King Rehoboam made shields	1	Here “King Rehoboam” represents the persons who worked for him to make the shields. Alternate translation: “King Rehoboam’s workers made shields”
1182	14:27	hr79			in their place	1	Alternate translation: “in place of the shields of gold”
1183	14:27	xtu7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	entrusted them into the hands of the commanders	1	Here “hands” represents care or responsibility. Alternate translation: “made them the responsibility of the commanders”
1184	14:27	wwb3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	who guarded the doors to the king’s house	1	Here “doors” represents the entrance. Alternate translation: “who guarded the entrance to the king’s house”
1185	14:28	xyg7			the guards would carry them	1	Alternate translation: “the guards would carry the shields of bronze”
1186	14:29	p36w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah?	1	This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah.” or “you can read about them in the book of the events of the kings of Judah.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1187	14:29	fs5w			the book of the events of the kings of Judah	1	This refers to a book that no longer exists.
1188	14:30	t5f2			There was constant warfare	1	Alternate translation: “There was continuing war” or “There were constant battles”
1189	14:30	cq7z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	warfare between Rehoboam and Jeroboam	1	The names of the kings represent themselves and their armies. Alternate translation: “the armies of Rehoboam and Jeroboam fought in battle again and again” or “Rehoboam and his people and Jeroboam and his people engaged in battle continually”
1190	14:31	jkz7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	slept with his ancestors	1	Rehoboam dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 2:10. Alternate translation: “died” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1191	14:31	njq1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	was buried with them	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people buried him”
1192	14:31	pki8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Naamah	1	This is the name of a woman. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 14:21.
1193	14:31	t2h3			Abijah his son	1	Alternate translation: “Abijah the son of Rehoboam”
1194	14:31	xgz7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	became king in his place	1	The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Rehoboam”
1195	15:intro	abcf				0	1 Kings 15 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Judah had some bad kings and some good kings. All of the kings in Israel continued to worship the golden calves, so they were all considered to be bad. Judah and Israel continually fought each other. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “But the shrines were not taken away.” At the shrines, the people worshiped Yahweh. But later, during Hezekiah’s reign, it was decided that all sacrifices must be made only at the temple. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
1196	15:1	ms3b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	In the eighteenth year of King Jeroboam son of Nebat	1	This refers to the eighteenth year of Jeroboam’s reign. Alternate translation: “After Jeroboam had been the king of Israel for almost eighteen years”
1197	15:1	njh8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	In the eighteenth year	1	“In year 18”
1198	15:3	hlc3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	He walked in all the sins	1	Walking represents living, and walking in sins represents committing those sins. Alternate translation: “Abijah continued to practice all the sins”
1199	15:3	cm11		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	that his father had committed before his time	1	Since these verses refer to several kings, it may help to include the name of Abijah’s father. This information can be made clear. AT “that his father, Rehoboam, had committed before Abijah’s time”
1200	15:3	v4ps		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	his time	1	This phrase represents the time that he was king. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “before Abijah was king”
1201	15:3	p8rm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	his heart was not devoted … as the heart of David	1	The heart represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “Abijah was not devoted … as David”
1202	15:4	qbs7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	gave him a lamp in Jerusalem	1	The word “lamp” here represents a descendant who would be king as David was. Alternate translation: “gave David a descendant to rule in Jerusalem”
1203	15:4	t1tl			by raising up his son after him	1	Alternate translation: “by raising up Abijah’s son after him” or “by giving Abijah a son”
1204	15:5	al5u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	what was right in his eyes	1	The eyes here represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judges to be right” or “what Yahweh considers to be right”
1205	15:5	k5rn			for all the days of his life	1	Alternate translation: “the whole time that David lived” or “throughout David’s whole life”
1206	15:5	z4w5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	he had not turned away from anything that he commanded him	1	Turning away from a command represents disobeying it. Alternate translation: “David did not disobey anything that God commanded him”
1207	15:5	w6dj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	except only in the matter of Uriah the Hittite	1	This is a general way to refer to the situation with Uriah. It can be stated more clearly what this matter was. Alternate translation: “except for what he did to Uriah the Hittite” or “except when he caused Uriah the Hittite to be killed”
1208	15:6	n25z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	between Rehoboam and Jeroboam	1	These kings represent themselves and their armies. Rehoboam was Abijah’s father. Alternate translation: “between the armies of Rehoboam and Jeroboam”
1209	15:6	c8zy			all the days of Abijah’s life	1	Alternate translation: “the whole time that Abijah lived”
1210	15:7	sm1j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah?	1	This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Abijah is in this other book. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 14:29. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah.”
1211	15:7	s4gi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah?	1	This can stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone has written about this in the book of the events of the kings of Judah.”
1212	15:7	yd6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	between Abijah and Jeroboam	1	The names “Abijah” and “Jeroboam” represent the kings and their armies. Alternate translation: “between the armies of Abijah and Jeroboam”
1213	15:8	p4ez		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Abijah slept with his ancestors	1	In this euphemism, sleeping represents dying. Alternate translation: “Abijah died as his ancestors had” or “Like his ancestors, Abaijah died” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1214	15:8	mnv2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	became king in his place	1	The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Abijah”
1215	15:9	s2q2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	In the twentieth year of Jeroboam king of Israel	1	This refers to the twentieth year of Jeroboam’s reign. Alternate translation: “After Jeroboam had been the king of Israel for almost twenty years”
1216	15:9	ijk4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	In the twentieth year	1	“In year 20”
1217	15:10	u261		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	forty-one years	1	“41 years”
1218	15:11	yb2a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	what was right in the eyes of Yahweh	1	The eyes here represent seeing, and seeing represents judgment. Yahweh saw and approved of Asa’s actions. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judges to be right” or “what Yahweh considers to be right”
1219	15:12	vv3y			the cultic prostitutes	1	This probably refers to prostitutes who were associated with idol worship and who were all men. Alternate translation: “religious prostitutes” or “the prostitutes who worked for idols” or “male prostitutes”
1220	15:13	mg96		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Asa cut down the disgusting figure	1	Since Asa was king, he may have told his officials to cut down the figure. Alternate translation: “Asa caused the disgusting figure to be cut down” or “Asa made them cut down the disgusting figure”
1221	15:14	r4zr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	But the high places were not taken away	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But Asa did not command the people to take away the high places”
1222	15:14	s4gj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	Asa’s heart was completely devoted	1	The heart represents the person. Alternate translation: “Asa was completely devoted”
1223	15:14	t6x3			all his days	1	Alternate translation: “the whole time that he lived” or “throughout his whole life”
1224	15:16	tn4r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	all their days	1	This refers to the entire time they reigned as kings. Alternate translation: “the whole time that they reigned over Judah and Israel”
1225	15:17	n79t			acted aggressively against Judah	1	Alternate translation: “attacked Judah”
1226	15:17	sg29		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	built up Ramah	1	It is implied that the army of Baasha first captured Ramah. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “captured and fortified Ramah”
1227	15:18	b51e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	He put it into the hands of his servants	1	Putting things in their hands represents giving those things to them. It is implied that they would do with it what he wanted them to do. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “He entrusted it to his servants” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1228	15:18	mgp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	He said	1	This means he spoke by means of his servants. Asa told his servants what to say to Ben Hadad and they did. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Asa told his servants to say to Ben Hadad” or “Through his servants, Asa said to Ben Hadad” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1229	15:19	k8ci		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Let there be a covenant between me and you	1	A covenant being between two people represents those two people having a covenant with each other. Alternate translation: “Let us have a covenant with each other” or “Let us make a peace treaty”
1230	15:19	jvl5			Look, I	1	Alternate translation: “As proof that I want a treaty with you, I”
1231	15:19	rwr8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Break your covenant with Baasha king of Israel	1	Breaking a covenant represents canceling it and not doing what one has promised to do. Alternate translation: “Cancel your covenant with Baasha king of Israel” or “Do not be loyal to Baasha king of Israel as you promised in your covenant with him”
1232	15:19	j9mj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Break your covenant with Baasha king of Israel	1	Asa wanted Ben Hadad to attack Israel. Ben Hadad could only do that if he broke his covenant with the king of Israel. The meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Break your covenant with Baasha king of Israel, and attack Israel”
1233	15:21	wf5g			It came about that	1	This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1234	15:21	n32w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	he stopped building up Ramah	1	King Baasha did this by telling his workers to do this. Alternate translation: “he had his workers stop building up Ramah”
1235	15:21	lb5i			Tirzah	1	This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in 1 Kings 14:17.
1236	15:22	gnh4			No one was exempted	1	This can also be stated positively. Alternate translation: “Every one had to obey King Asa’s proclamation”
1237	15:23	w5tx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah?	1	This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Abijah is in this other book. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 14:29. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah”
1238	15:23	w7sz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah?	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone has written about this in the book of the events of the kings of Judah.”
1239	15:24	tq8e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Asa slept with his ancestors	1	Sleeping here is a euphemism which represents dying. Alternate translation: “Asa died as his ancestors had” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1240	15:24	fa26		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	was buried with them	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they buried him with his ancestors”
1241	15:24	u9jw			David his father	1	The word “father” here refers to an ancestor. Alternate translation: “King David, his ancestor”
1242	15:25	y9r8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	the second year of Asa king of Judah	1	This refers to the second year of Asa’s reign. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “when Asa had been king of Judah for almost two years”
1243	15:25	thl7			he reigned over Israel two years	1	Alternate translation: “Nadab reigned over Israel two years”
1244	15:26	cj46		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	what was evil in the sight of Yahweh	1	The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment. Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil”
1245	15:26	f53f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	walked in the way of his father	1	Walking here represents behaving. Alternate translation: “did the same things that his father had done”
1246	15:26	ebp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	in his own sin	1	Walking in his own sin represents sinning in ways that were different from the ways that his father had sinned. Alternate translation: “he sinned in his own ways”
1247	15:26	wr2a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	by which he led Israel to sin	1	Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do it. Alternate translation: “and by sinning, he influenced Israel to sin”
1248	15:27	uzg3			conspired against Nadab	1	Alternate translation: “secretly plotted to kill King Nadab”
1249	15:27	p5ql		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Gibbethon	1	This is the name of a city.
1250	15:27	n1b5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	Nadab and all Israel	1	“The phrase “all Israel” is a generalization that represents the many soldiers of Israel. Alternate translation: “Nadab and the many soldiers of Israel” or “Nadab and the army of Israel” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1251	15:27	n3zg			were laying siege to Gibbethon	1	Alternate translation: “were surrounding Gibbethon, so that the people of Gibbethon would surrender to them”
1252	15:28	l1aj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	became king in his place	1	The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Nadab”
1253	15:29	vp7k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	Baasha killed all the family of Jeroboam. He left none of Jeroboam’s descendants breathing.	1	These two sentences mean the same thing and are combined to emphasize his descendents were all killed.
1254	15:29	m6jg			all the family of Jeroboam	1	Jeroboam was King Nadab’s father.
1255	15:29	djq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	He left none of Jeroboam’s descendants breathing	1	Breathing represents being alive. Alternate translation: “He left none of Jeroboam’s descendants living”
1256	15:29	zqy4			his royal line	1	Alternate translation: “Jeroboam’s royal line”
1257	15:29	w2vx			just as Yahweh had spoken by his servant Ahijah the Shilonite	1	In 1 Kings 14:10 and 1 Kings 14:11 Yahweh spoke through his prophet Ahijah and told Jeroboam that he would destroy his family.
1258	15:29	vmg9			Ahijah the Shilonite	1	Alternate translation: “Ahijah, who was from Shiloh”
1259	15:30	p24y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	for the sins of Jeroboam which he committed and by which he led Israel to sin	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word sins, you can express the same idea with the verb “sin.” Alternate translation: “because Jeroboam sinned and led Israel to sin in the same ways”
1260	15:30	l8b6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	by which he led Israel to sin	1	Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do something. Alternate translation: “by which he influenced Israel to sin”
1261	15:31	p7n1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel?	1	This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Nadab is in this other book. See how you translated a similar phrase concerning Judah in 1 Kings 14:29. This rhetorical question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.”
1262	15:31	i3dw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel?	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone has written about this in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.”
1263	15:32	fnf6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	all their days	1	This refers to the whole period of time that they reign as kings. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 15:16 Alternate translation: “the whole time that they reigned over Judah and Israel”
1264	15:33	qka7			Tirzah	1	This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in 1 Kings 14:17.
1265	15:34	j9xv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	what was evil in the sight of Yahweh	1	The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment. Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil”
1266	15:34	i9dh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	walked in the way of Jeroboam	1	Walking here represents behaving. Alternate translation: “did the same things that Jeroboam had done”
1267	15:34	w9fq			in his sin by which he led Israel to sin	1	Possible meanings are that his and he refer to: (1) Baasha or (2) Jeroboam.
1268	15:34	yq78		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	by which he led Israel to sin	1	Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do it. Alternate translation: “and by sinning, he influenced Israel to sin”
1269	16:intro	abcg				0	1 Kings 16 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Incorrect worship The prophet Jehu warned Baasha, king of Israel, that God would destroy his family for worshiping the idols. But Baasha did not change his ways; so Zimri murdered Baasha’s son and all his relatives. Then Omri killed Zimri. Omri’s son Ahab brought in the rain god Baal and his wife, the fertility goddess Ashtoreth, as the official religion of Israel. This was very evil. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
1270	16:1	kf7z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	The word of Yahweh came	1	This idiom means God spoke. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 6:11. Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message”
1271	16:2	rjv3			Although I exalted you	1	This is God’s message that Jehu was to give to Baasha. The word “you” refers to Baasha.
1272	16:2	pn3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	I exalted you out of the dust	1	“I raised you out of the dust.” Being in the dust on the ground represents not being important. Exalting someone represents making him important. Alternate translation: “I raised you from a very unimportant position” or “when you had no power or influence over people, I made you important”
1273	16:2	ygn2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	you have walked in the way of Jeroboam	1	Walking represents behaving. Jeroboam and Baasha both sinned. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “you have done the same things that Jeroboam did” or “you have sinned as Jeroboam sinned” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1274	16:3	hht4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	See, I will completely sweep away Baasha and his family	1	Yahweh is speaking to Baasha, and the phrase “his family” refers to Baasha’s family. This can be translated using the words “you” and “your.” Alternate translation: “Listen, Baasha. I will completely sweep away you and your family”
1275	16:3	v2qh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	I will completely sweep away	1	Sweeping away represents destroying. Alternate translation: “I will completely destroy”
1276	16:5	t3j3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel?	1	This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Baasha is in this other book. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 15:31. Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.”
1277	16:5	l8gg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel?	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone has written about them in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.”
1278	16:6	xf6i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Baasha slept with his ancestors	1	Sleeping is a euphemism that represents dying. Alternate translation: “Baasha died as his ancestors had” or “Like his ancestors, Baasha died” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1279	16:6	fp23		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	was buried	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people buried him”
1280	16:6	s4vm			Tirzah	1	This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in 1 Kings 14:17.
1281	16:6	wwv5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	became king in his place	1	The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Baasha”
1282	16:7	u6cg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	the word of Yahweh came	1	This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 6:11. Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words”
1283	16:7	q8l2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	all the evil that he did in the sight of Yahweh	1	The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment. Alternate translation: “all the things that Baasha that are evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “all the things that Baaha did that Yahweh considers to be evil”
1284	16:7	cw1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	so as to provoke him to anger	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word anger, you can express the same idea with the adjective “angry.” Alternate translation: “so as to make Yahweh very angry” or “that made God very angry”
1285	16:7	zvf1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	with the work of his hands	1	Here Basha is represented by his “hands.” This speaks of all of his actions as his “work.” Alternate translation: “by the things Baasha had done”
1286	16:8	d1yz			Tirzah	1	This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in 1 Kings 14:17.
1287	16:9	v34c			His servant Zimri	1	Alternate translation: “Elah’s servant Zimri”
1288	16:9	vbl5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	captain of half his chariots	1	The word “chariots” here represents the soldiers who drove the chariots. Alternate translation: “captain of half his chariot drivers”
1289	16:9	b7jv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	drinking himself drunk	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “drinking so much wine that he was getting drunk” or “getting drunk”
1290	16:9	x8kj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	who was over the household	1	Being over the household represents being in charge of the things in King Elah’s house. Alternate translation: “who was in charge of the things in the Elah’s house”
1291	16:10	zq6c			attacked him and killed him	1	Alternate translation: “attacked and killed Elah”
1292	16:10	ds8n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	became king in his place	1	The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Elah”
1293	16:11	t76c			He did not leave alive a single male	1	This means that he killed all the men and boys. Alternate translation: “He did not leave even one male alive”
1294	16:12	ea4j			the word of Yahweh	1	Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s message”
1295	16:12	fqc5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	which he spoke against Baasha by Jehu the prophet	1	Speaking “by” a prophet represents telling a prophet to speak and the prophet speaking. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh told Jehu the prophet to speak against Baasha”
1296	16:13	n66k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	they had led Israel to sin	1	Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do it. Alternate translation: “they had influenced Israel to sin”
1297	16:13	qs12			they had led Israel to sin	1	Here the word “Israel” refers to the ten northern tribes of Israel. Baasha and Elah had been their king.
1298	16:13	xwa9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	they provoked Yahweh, the God of Israel, to anger with their idols	1	God became angry with the people because they worshiped idols. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “they made Yahweh, the God of Israel, angry because they worshiped idols”
1299	16:13	ny8r			the God of Israel	1	Here the word “Israel” refers to all of the twelve tribes descended from Jacob.
1300	16:14	ft5q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	are they not written … kings of Israel?	1	This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Elah is in this other book. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 15:31. Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.”
1301	16:14	bu87		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	are they not written … Israel?	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone has written about them in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.”
1302	16:15	uz3t			Tirzah	1	This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in 1 Kings 14:17.
1303	16:15	r7bx			the army was camped by Gibbethon	1	The word “army” refers to the army of the kingdom of Israel.
1304	16:15	ttm4			Gibbethon	1	This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in 1 Kings 15:27.
1305	16:16	aj11		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	The army camped there heard it said	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The soldiers who camped there heard someone say”
1306	16:16	vri9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	all Israel	1	Both times this phrase is used, it represents the army of Israel. Here the word “all” is a generalization meaning “most.” Alternate translation: “all the army of Israel” or “most of the soldiers in the army of Israel” or “the army of Israel” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1307	16:18	zuq8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	that the city had been taken	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that Omri and the army had taken the city”
1308	16:19	g6bs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	what was evil in the sight of Yahweh	1	The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment. Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil”
1309	16:19	a7t3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	walking in the way of Jeroboam	1	Here walking represents behaving. Alternate translation: “doing the same things that Jeroboam had done”
1310	16:19	ldy3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	so as to lead Israel to sin	1	Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do it. Alternate translation: “so as to influence Israel to sin”
1311	16:20	i7gi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	the treason that he carried out	1	This treason refers to Zimri’s plot to kill Elah, the king of Israel. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “how he plotted against King Elah” or “how he killed the king of Israel”
1312	16:20	b9u9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel?	1	This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Zimri is in this other book. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. See how you translated a similar phrase concerning Judah in 1 Kings 14:29. Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.”
1313	16:20	ai9u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	are they not written … Israel?	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone has written about them in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.”
1314	16:21	g8g1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	followed Tibni … followed Omri	1	Here “followed” represents supporting or wanting to make him king. Alternate translation: “supported Tibni son of Ginath, to make him king, and half supported Omri” or “wanted to make Tibni son of Ginath king, and half wanted to make Omri king”
1315	16:22	va8c			were stronger than the people who followed Tibni	1	Alternate translation: “overpowered the people who followed Tibni”
1316	16:23	g715			Tirzah	1	This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in 1 Kings 14:17.
1317	16:24	dcc7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Shemer	1	This is the name of a man.
1318	16:24	utw5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	two talents of silver	1	You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “about 66 kilograms of silver”
1319	16:24	gm4y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	He built a city	1	The word “He” refers to Omri. He commanded people to build the city. Alternate translation: “Omri had his people build a city” or “Omri commanded and his workers built a city”
1320	16:24	mkr5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	after the name of Shemer	1	This is an idiom that means “to honor Shemer” or “so that people would remember Shemer.”
1321	16:25	q5vd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	what was evil in the sight of Yahweh	1	The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment. Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil”
1322	16:26	qj4k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	walked in all the ways of Jeroboam son of Nebat	1	Walking represents behaving. Alternate translation: “did all the same things that Jeroboam son of Nebat did”
1323	16:26	ysn6			in his sins by which he led Israel to sin	1	Possible meanings are that his and he refer to: (1) Baasha or (2) Jeroboam.
1324	16:26	kr8r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	in his sins	1	Possible meanings are walking in his sins represents: (1) sinning as Jeroboam sinned. Alternate translation: “he sinned as Jeroboam sinned” or (2) or sinning habitually. Alternate translation: “he sinned habitually”
1325	16:26	fza3			by which he led Israel to sin	1	Leading people to sin represents influencing them to sin. Alternate translation: “his sins, by which he influenced Israel to sin” or “and by sinning like this, he influenced people to sin.
1326	16:26	yj3n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	to provoke Yahweh … to be angry with their worthless idols	1	God became angry with the people because they worshiped idols. See how you translated a similar phrase in 1 Kings 16:13. Alternate translation: “to make Yahweh, the God of Israel, angry because they worshiped worthless idols”
1327	16:26	w3zc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish	their worthless idols	1	The word “worthless” here reminds people that idols are worthless because they cannot do anything. Alternate translation: “their idols, which are worthless” or “their idols, which are useless”
1328	16:26	nw91			the God of Israel	1	Here the word “Israel” refers to all of the twelve tribes descended from Jacob.
1329	16:27	zmg3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel?	1	This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Omri is in this other book. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 15:31. Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.”
1330	16:27	rt47		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	are they not written … Israel?	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone has written about them in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.”
1331	16:28	a9le		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Omri slept with his ancestors	1	The euphemism “sleeping” here represents dying. Alternate translation: “Omri died as his ancestors had” or “Like his ancestors, Omri died” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1332	16:28	gt7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	became king in his place	1	The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Omri”
1333	16:30	q8y5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	what was evil in the sight of Yahweh	1	The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment. Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil”
1334	16:31	n5da		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	It was to Ahab a trivial thing to walk in the sins of Jeroboam son of Nebat	1	This implies that Ahab wanted to commit worse sins. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “It was as if Ahab thought that walking in the sins of Jeroboam son of Nebat was not enough”
1335	16:31	va54		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	It was to Ahab a trivial thing	1	This is an idiom. The phrase “to Ahab” means that Ahab considered or thought something. Alternate translation: “Ahab considered it a trivial thing” or “Ahab thought that it was not enough”
1336	16:31	hhh6			a trivial thing	1	Alternate translation: “an insignificant thing” or “not enough”
1337	16:31	ahs1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	to walk in the sins of Jeroboam son of Nebat	1	Walking in Jeroboam’s sins represents sinning as Jeroboam had sinned. Alternate translation: “to sin as Jeroboam son of Nebat had sinned”
1338	16:31	xc3m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	worshiped Baal and bowed down to him	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. The phrase “bowed down to him” describes the posture that people used in worship.
1339	16:33	bu6m			the God of Israel	1	Here the word “Israel” refers to the nation of Israel, which consisted of twelve tribes.
1340	16:33	vl7q			the kings of Israel	1	Here the word “Israel” refers to the kingdom of Israel, which consisted of ten tribes.
1341	16:34	f89k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	at the cost of the life of Abiram, his firstborn son	1	The consequence of building the city is spoken of as if it were a cost that Hiel paid. Alternate translation: “and the consequence of his sin was that Abiram, his firstborn son, died”
1342	16:34	ph6w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Segub, his youngest son, lost his life	1	Dying is spoken of as if he lost his life. Alternate translation: “Segub, his youngest son, died”
1343	16:34	zh2d			while he was building the gates of the city	1	Alternate translation: “while Hiel was building the gates of the city”
1344	16:34	be9n			in keeping with the word of Yahweh	1	Alternate translation: “according to the word of Yahweh”
1345	16:34	lvt5			the word of Yahweh	1	Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s message”
1346	16:34	zx6j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	which he spoke by Joshua son of Nun	1	Speaking “by” someone represents both telling someone to speak and the person doing it. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh caused Joshua son of Nun to speak”
1347	17:intro	abch				0	1 Kings 17 General Notes Structure and formatting This is the beginning of the story of Elijah. (1 Kings 17 – 2 Kings 2) Special concepts in this chapter Baal worship Ahab had introduced the worship of Baal, the god people thought brought rain, to Israel. Because of this, God caused a drought. Elijah told Ahab that it would not rain or dew until he, Elijah, said so. Elijah had to hide so Ahab would not kill him for bringing the drought. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
1348	17:1	brj9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	the Tishbite	1	This is the name of a people group from Tishbe.
1349	17:1	q3t1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Tishbe	1	This is the name of a town in the region of Gilead.
1350	17:1	ub3q			As Yahweh, the God of Israel lives	1	This phrase is an oath to emphasize that what he will say is true.
1351	17:1	zi1b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	before whom I stand	1	This is an idiom that means “to serve.” Alternate translation: “whom I serve”
1352	17:1	ag4n			dew	1	drops of water that form on the plants during the night
1353	17:2	tv69		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	The word of Yahweh came	1	This idiom means God spoke. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 6:11. Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message”
1354	17:3	nq5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Kerith	1	This is the name of a very small stream.
1355	17:4	v8hk			It will happen that	1	This phrase is used to introduce how Yahweh will take care of Elijah during the drought. Alternate translation: “There”
1356	17:4	h5yw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ravens	1	large, black birds
1357	17:5	vf5m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	as the word of Yahweh commanded	1	Here “the word” represents Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “as Yahweh commanded”
1358	17:5	a3bc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	the brook Kerith	1	This is the name of a very small stream. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 17:2.
1359	17:7	tr8k			in the land	1	Alternate translation: “in that area” or “in that country”
1360	17:8	jh2h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	The word of Yahweh came	1	This idiom means God spoke. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 6:11. Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message”
1361	17:8	rd8p			came to him	1	Here the word “him” refers to Elijah.
1362	17:9	l4d5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Zarephath	1	This is a town.
1363	17:9	cd5n			Look, I	1	Alternate translation: “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: I”
1364	17:12	ve6z			As Yahweh your God lives	1	This phrase is an oath to emphasize that what she will say is true.
1365	17:12	rx57			only a handful of meal	1	Alternate translation: “only a little bit of meal”
1366	17:12	y3lh			meal	1	“flour.” This what is used to make bread.
1367	17:12	zu4d			See, I	1	Alternate translation: “Let me tell you what I am doing: I”
1368	17:12	p5db		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	two sticks	1	This may refer to two sticks or to only a few sticks.
1369	17:12	b86l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	that we may eat it, and die	1	It is implied that they will die because they do not have anymore food. Alternate translation: “that we may eat. Afterwards, we will starve to death”
1370	17:13	ccq3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	afterward make some for you and for your son	1	It is implicit that there would be enough flour and oil to make more bread.
1371	17:14	pej5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	Yahweh sends rain	1	This is an idiom that means Yahweh causes it to rain. Alternate translation: “Yahweh causes rain to fall”
1372	17:15	vbj6			She and Elijah, along with her household, ate for many days	1	In the original language it says, “And she and he and her household ate for many days.” It is unclear who “he” is. This could mean: (1) Elijah, the widow, and her son ate for many days or (2) the widow, her son, and everyone living in her house ate for many days or (3) Elijah, the widow, and everyone living in her house ate for many days.
1373	17:15	ziz7			along with her household	1	Possible meanings for household are: (1) this refers only to the widow’s son or (2) this refers to other people who live in her house but are not named in the story or (3) this refers to her son and others living in her house.
1374	17:16	x364		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	just as the word of Yahweh had said	1	Here “word” represents Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “just as Yahweh had said”
1375	17:17	bp54			the woman’s son, the woman who owned the house	1	Alternate translation: “the son of the woman who owned the house”
1376	17:17	g2ey		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	there was no more breath left in him	1	This is a polite way of saying the boy died. Alternate translation: “he stopped breathing” or “he died”
1377	17:18	a1dd			man of God	1	The phrase “man of God” is another title for a prophet.
1378	17:18	c2gx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	of my sin	1	This means sins in general not a specific sin. Alternate translation: “of my sins”
1379	17:19	a6d1			where he was staying	1	Here “he” refers to Elijah.
1380	17:19	v27l			on his own bed	1	Here “his” refers to Elijah.
1381	17:20	q8bc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	have you also brought disaster on the widow with whom I am staying, by killing her son?	1	This could mean: (1) Elijah is truly asking a question. Alternate translation: “why would you cause the widow with whom I am staying to suffer even more by killing her son” or (2) Elijah uses a question to express how sad he is. Alternate translation: “surely, you would not cause the widow with whom I am staying to suffer even more by killing her son”
1382	17:20	lhy9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	have you also brought disaster on the widow	1	Causing the widow to suffer is spoken of as if “disaster” were an object that is placed on the widow.
1383	17:20	h37t			also brought disaster	1	Here “also” means in addition to the disaster that the drought has caused.
1384	17:21	swr1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	stretched himself on the child	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “lay on top of the child”
1385	17:22	h2wp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Yahweh listened to the voice of Elijah	1	Here “voice” represents what Elijah prayed. Alternate translation: “Yahweh answered Elijah’s prayer”
1386	17:22	nv6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	the life of the child returned to him, and he revived	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “the child came back to life” or “the child lived again”
1387	17:23	aut1			his room	1	Here “his” refers to Elijah.
1388	17:23	e1te			See, your son is alive	1	The word “See” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
1389	17:24	m6yc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	the word of Yahweh in your mouth is true	1	“the message of Yahweh in your mouth is true.” The word “mouth” represents what Elijah said. Alternate translation: “the message that you spoke from Yahweh is true”
1390	18:intro	abci				0	1 Kings 18 General Notes Structure and formatting The story of Elijah continues in this chapter. Special concepts in this chapter Baal God proved himself to all the people of Israel. Elijah went to meet Ahab. He told Ahab to bring the 450 prophets of Baal and all the people to Mount Carmel. Then he proposed an experiment, which was carried out. The prophets of Baal took one bull, killed them, cut them up, and placed them on wood on an altar without lighting the fire. The prophets of Baal danced and prayed to Baal all morning and half the afternoon. After they were exhausted, Elijah built his altar and drenched it with water. Then he prayed. God answered his prayer with fire that burned up the sacrifice, the altar and the water. Then Elijah told the people to seize the prophets of Baal and kill them. After that, Elijah prayed for rain, and it rained very hard. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Humor Elijah insults the false god Baal. He states, “Perhaps he is thinking, or is relieving himself, or he is traveling on a journey, or perhaps he is sleeping and must be awakened.” Baal was too busy in the bathroom to answer the prophets. “Relieving himself” is a euphemism. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1391	18:1	l7sw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	the word of Yahweh came	1	This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 6:11. Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his word”
1392	18:1	q2by			send rain on the land	1	Alternate translation: “cause rain to fall on the land”
1393	18:2	lc7k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	now the famine was severe	1	The word “now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells background information about how the famine had affected Samaria.
1394	18:3	c24p			Now Obadiah honored Yahweh	1	The word “Now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells about a new person in the story.
1395	18:4	i9am		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	one hundred prophets and hid them by fifties	1	“100 prophets and hid them in groups of 50”
1396	18:5	vpi8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	save the horses and mules alive … not lose all the animals	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. Alternate translation: “prevent the horses and mules from dying”
1397	18:6	izg5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	Ahab went one way by himself and Obadiah went another way	1	The phrase “by himself” emphasizes that Ahab and Obadiah went in separate directions, not necessarily that no one was with Ahab. Alternate translation: “Ahab lead a team in one direction and Obadiah lead a team in the other direction”
1398	18:7	qz9f			master Elijah	1	Here the word “master” is used as a term of respect.
1399	18:8	fu6g			Go tell your master, ‘Look, Elijah is here.’	1	Here the word “master” refers to Ahab.
1400	18:8	bil9			Look, Elijah	1	Alternate translation: “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: Elijah”
1401	18:9	a65p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	How have I sinned … for him to kill me?	1	Obadiah asks this question to emphasize the danger to himself because of King Ahab’s anger at Elijah. Alternate translation: “I have not wronged you … for him to kill me.”
1402	18:9	ry4r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	give your servant into the hand of Ahab	1	“Hand” is metonymy for power and control. Alternate translation: “deliver your servant to Ahab”
1403	18:9	hmu9			your servant	1	Obadiah refers to himself as Elijah’s servant in order to honor Elijah.
1404	18:10	j1sm			As Yahweh your God lives	1	This is an oath used to emphasize that what he is saying is true.
1405	18:10	n7bq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	there is no nation or kingdom where my master has not sent men	1	Here “no nation or kingdom” is an exaggeration that means that men have traveled very far and gone to many places to find Elijah. This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “my master has sent men to nations and kingdoms near and far” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1406	18:11	nlb6			Yet now	1	This phrase is used to emphasize the danger in what Elijah is telling Obadiah to do.
1407	18:13	zrj6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Has it not been told to you … with bread and water?	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Surely you have been told about what I did … with bread and water!”
1408	18:13	v2va			my master	1	Here the word “master” is a term of respect used to refer to Elijah.
1409	18:13	u3ge		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	one hundred of Yahweh’s prophets by fifties	1	“100 of Yahweh’s prophets in groups of 50”
1410	18:14	h867			Go and tell your master that Elijah is here	1	See how you translated these words in 1 Kings 18:11.
1411	18:14	sup2			your master	1	Here “master” refers to King Ahab.
1412	18:15	y5q4			As Yahweh of hosts lives	1	This is an oath to emphasize that what he will say is true.
1413	18:15	jrz6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	before whom I stand	1	To “stand before” is an idiom for being in someone’s presence and ready to serve him. Alternate translation: “whom I serve”
1414	18:16	c9p2			told him what Elijah said	1	Alternate translation: “Obadiah told Ahab what Elijah had told him to say”
1415	18:17	i2jy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Is it you? You are the one who brings trouble to Israel!	1	Ahab asks the question for emphasis to be certain about Elijah’s identity. Alternate translation: “So here you are. You are the troublemaker of Israel!”
1416	18:19	gz7q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	all Israel	1	This is a generalization to refer to the leaders and people who represent the ten tribes of the northern kingdom. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1417	18:19	n9nh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	450 prophets	1	“four hundred and fifty prophets”
1418	18:19	nzp4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	four hundred prophets	1	“400 prophets”
1419	18:20	vwk2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	sent word to … and gathered	1	“Word” represents Ahab’s message and is also a metonym for the messenger who delivered the message. This is a common statement used with the meaning understood. Alternate translation: “sent a message to … and gathered” or “sent a messenger to summon … to gather” (See also: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1420	18:21	v7v9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	How long will you keep changing your mind?	1	Elijah asks this question to urge the people to make a decision. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have been indecisive for long enough.”
1421	18:21	na5a			did not answer him a word	1	Alternate translation: “did not say anything” or “were silent”
1422	18:22	l1ig			I, I alone, am left	1	The word “I” is repeated for emphasis.
1423	18:22	z9im		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	450 men	1	“four hundred and fifty men”
1424	18:24	fch4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	call on the name of your god … call on the name of Yahweh	1	“Name” is metonymy for the reputation and honor of someone and “calling on” him represents an appeal. Alternate translation: “call to your god … call to Yahweh”
1425	18:24	i2cc			all the people answered and said, “This is good.”	1	Alternate translation: “all the people said, ‘This is a good thing to do.’”
1426	18:25	b41u			prepare it	1	Alternate translation: “make it ready to be sacrificed”
1427	18:25	y7cs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	you are many people	1	Here the word “you” is plural.
1428	18:26	rj67			They took the bull	1	Alternate translation: “The prophets of Baal took the bull”
1429	18:26	n37t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	the bull that was given to them	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the bull that someone gave them”
1430	18:26	gs4d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	But there was no voice, nor anyone who answered	1	These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that there was no one to respond to the prayers of the false prophets. The word “voice” represents someone speaking. Alternate translation: “But Baal did not say or do anything” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1431	18:27	mi46			Perhaps he is thinking	1	Alternate translation: “Maybe he is thinking” or “It could be that he is thinking”
1432	18:27	qb2g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	relieving himself	1	This euphemism is a more pleasant way to express a harsh statement. Elijah uses understatement to insult Baal with sarcasm. Alternate translation: “in the bathroom”
1433	18:27	pz9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	must be awakened	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must awaken him” or “you must wake him up”
1434	18:29	sx2c			they were still raving	1	“they continued their wild behavior.” Prophets often acted in ways that seemed unusual or even crazy. In this case they were calling on Baal while dancing, shouting loudly, and cutting themselves with knives.
1435	18:29	d4cs			of offering of the evening sacrifice	1	Alternate translation: “to offer the evening sacrifice”
1436	18:29	h5ce		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	but there was no voice or anyone to answer; there was no one who paid any attention to their pleadings	1	These phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that no one responded to the prayers of the false prophets. Alternate translation: “but Baal did not say or do anything or even pay attention” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1437	18:29	lpf9			there was no voice or anyone to answer	1	See how you translated this in 1 Kings 18:26.
1438	18:31	n18f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	twelve stones	1	“12 stones”
1439	18:32	yy3l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	in the name of Yahweh	1	“Name” here is a metonym for honor and reputation. This could mean: (1) “to honor Yahweh” or (2) “with the authority of Yahweh.”
1440	18:32	gh4y			trench	1	a small waterway to hold water
1441	18:32	kp7z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	two seahs of seeds	1	A seah is a unit of volume equal to about 7.7 liters. Alternate translation: “about 15 liters of seeds”
1442	18:33	m699		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	He arranged the wood for a fire	1	“On the altar” where he placed the wood is assumed in this sentence. Alternate translation: “He put the wood for a fire on the altar”
1443	18:33	sh1g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	four jars	1	“4 jars”
1444	18:33	u4fl			jars	1	A jar is a container for water.
1445	18:35	v15z			trench	1	See how you translated this in 1 Kings 18:30.
1446	18:36	xs1m			It happened	1	This phrase is used here to reference a significant and meaningful time of the day in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1447	18:36	ajj4			Yahweh, the God of Abraham, of Isaac, and of Israel	1	Here “Israel” is referring to Jacob. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel (Genesis 32:28), and God named the nation of Jacob’s descendants “Israel.”
1448	18:36	xuh8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	let it be known this day	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “make these people know today”
1449	18:37	url2			Hear me … hear me	1	This phrase is repeated to emphasize the appeal of Elijah to Yahweh.
1450	18:37	dq2u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	turned their heart back again to yourself	1	The people’s “heart” is a metonym for the affection and loyalty of the people. Alternate translation: “caused them to be loyal to you again”
1451	18:38	wf4a			the fire of Yahweh fell	1	Alternate translation: “the fire of Yahweh came down”
1452	18:38	xyn4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	licked up	1	The fire is compared to a thirsty person drinking water.
1453	18:39	z3jq			Yahweh, he is God! Yahweh, he is God!	1	This phrase is repeated for emphasis.
1454	18:41	f9b6			there is the sound of much rain	1	Alternate translation: “it sounds like it is going to rain a lot”
1455	18:42	uvi2			bowed himself down on the earth and put his face between his knees	1	This describes a posture used for praying.
1456	18:43	cch7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	seven times	1	The word “seven” can be rendered as the numeral “7.” Alternate translation: “7 times”
1457	18:44	w1db			as small as a man’s hand	1	From a long distance, the cloud could be covered from sight by a man’s hand.
1458	18:45	iv5m			It happened	1	This phrase is used here to mark where a new step in the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1459	18:46	y3cl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	the hand of Yahweh was on Elijah	1	Here the word “hand” is a metonym for strength. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave his power to Elijah”
1460	18:46	jqk4			tucked his robe in his belt	1	Elijah wrapped his long robe around his waist so that his legs would be free for running.
1461	19:intro	abcj				0	1 Kings 19 General Notes Structure and formatting The story of Elijah continues in this chapter. Special concepts in this chapter The queen was angry that Elijah had killed her prophets of Baal. She promised to kill Elijah. Elijah fled south into the desert south of Judah. He traveled on to Mount Horeb also known as Mount Sinai, the mountain of God. God asked him why he was there. He said he had come to Mount Horeb because Israel had deserted God, killed his prophets, and wanted to kill him. God sent him home to make Hazael the king of Aram, Jehu the king of Israel, and Elisha as the prophet in his place. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
1462	19:2	s2y6			So may the gods do to me, and more also	1	This is a comparison used as an emphatic oath. “May the gods kill me and do even more bad things”
1463	19:2	sp3r			if I do not make your life like the life of one of those dead prophets	1	Alternate translation: “if I do not kill you like you killed those prophets”
1464	19:3	hkc1			he arose	1	Alternate translation: “he stood up”
1465	19:4	nzy9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	he himself went a day’s journey	1	The word “himself” is used to emphasize that he was alone. Alternate translation: “he walked by himself for a day”
1466	19:4	za2u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	broom tree	1	A “broom tree” is a plant that grows in the desert.
1467	19:4	c1v2			He requested for himself that he might die	1	Alternate translation: “He prayed that he would die”
1468	19:4	shx5			It is enough, now, Yahweh	1	Alternate translation: “These troubles are too much for me, Yahweh”
1469	19:6	q2lf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	bread that had been baked on coals	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “bread that someone had cooked on hot stones”
1470	19:6	hjt1			jug of water	1	Alternate translation: “a container of water”
1471	19:7	ik82			will be too much for you	1	Alternate translation: “will be too difficult for you.”
1472	19:8	j9yv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	he traveled in the strength of that food forty days and forty nights	1	“that food gave him energy to travel for 40 days and 40 nights”
1473	19:9	br24			to a cave there	1	Here the word “there” refers to Mount Horeb. A cave is an opening in a mountainside that leads to a natural room or rooms underground.
1474	19:9	j8ia		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	the word of Yahweh came to him and said to him, “What	1	The idiom “The word of Yahweh came to,” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 6:11. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to him. He said, ‘What” or “Yahweh spoke this message to him: ‘What”
1475	19:9	nh7j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	What are you doing here, Elijah?	1	Yahweh asks this question to rebuke Elijah and to remind him of his duty. Alternate translation: “This is not where you should be, Elijah.”
1476	19:10	zg3n			I, only I, am left	1	Here the word “I” is repeated for emphasis.
1477	19:11	i185		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	on the mountain before me	1	“Before me” here is an idiom for standing in front of someone. Alternate translation: “on the mountain in my presence”
1478	19:13	t1l2			he wrapped his face in his cloak	1	“he covered his face with his cloak” A cloak is a long robe, a piece of clothing that covers the whole body.
1479	19:13	ps2e			Then a voice came to him	1	Alternate translation: “Then he heard a voice”
1480	19:13	ht8c			What are you doing here, Elijah?	1	See how you translated this text in 1 Kings 19:9.
1481	19:14	q17u			Elijah replied, “I have been very zealous … and they are also trying to take my life.”	1	See how you translated this text in 1 Kings 19:10.
1482	19:14	d39a			I, only I, am left	1	Here the word “I” is repeated for emphasis.
1483	19:16	s3y3			prophet in your place	1	Alternate translation: “prophet instead of you”
1484	19:17	be8f			It will happen	1	This phrase is used to introduce what will happen when Elijah does what Yahweh has told him to do. “What will happen is”
1485	19:17	j4vp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	whoever escapes from the sword of Hazael	1	“Sword” is metonymy for killing as in battle. Alternate translation: “whomever Hazael does not kill with the sword”
1486	19:18	zix5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	I will leave for myself	1	Here the words “I” and “myself” refer to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I will save from death”
1487	19:18	jyx3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	seven thousand people	1	“7,000 people”
1488	19:18	n188		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	whose knees have not bent down to Baal, and whose mouths have not kissed him	1	“Bending down” and “kissing” are metonymies for actions people did to worship idols. They are combined for emphasis. Alternate translation: “who have not bowed down and kissed Baal” or “who have not worshiped Baal” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1489	19:19	iy4x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Shaphat	1	This is the name of a man.
1490	19:19	ddp6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	twelve yoke of oxen	1	“12 yoke of oxen”
1491	19:19	m3gy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	he himself was plowing with the twelfth yoke	1	The word “himself” indicates that Elisha was plowing with the last yoke, while other men were plowing with the other eleven yokes. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1492	19:20	jye9			he said, “Please	1	The word “he” refers to Elisha.
1493	19:21	s7a5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	he gave it to the people	1	Elisha gave the cooked meat to the people of his city.
1494	20:intro	abck				0	1 Kings 20 General Notes Structure and formatting This is a story of two battles between Aram and Israel. Special concepts in this chapter Battle God had chosen to defeat Ben Hadad, king of Aram. So when he attacked Samaria with a huge army, the tiny army of Israel defeated him. The people of Aram said that Yahweh was the god of the hills, but they could defeat Israel on the plains. So they came again but Israel defeated them again. Then Ben Hadad offered a peace plan and Ahab accepted. But God had wanted him to kill Ben Hadad and was angry at Ahab for making peace with him. Important figures of speech in this chapter Simile There were so few Israel soldiers that they were “like two little flocks of goats.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1495	20:1	i4ar		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ben Hadad	1	This is the name of a man.
1496	20:1	qfr1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	thirty-two lesser kings	1	“32 lesser kings”
1497	20:1	ai8j			lesser kings	1	Alternate translation: “kings ruling smaller groups of people”
1498	20:4	d2xe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	It is as you say	1	This is an idiom to express agreement. Alternate translation: “I agree with you”
1499	20:6	xa8s			tomorrow about this time	1	Alternate translation: “tomorrow at the same time of day that it is now”
1500	20:6	r8pa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	whatever pleases their eyes	1	Here the “eyes” represent the whole person and emphasize them looking at something and desiring it. Alternate translation: “whatever pleases them”
1501	20:7	it6r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	of the land	1	“The land” represents all the people living there. Alternate translation: “of the people of Israel”
1502	20:7	aza4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	take note and see	1	“Take note” here is an idiom to observe carefully. Alternate translation: “pay close attention to”
1503	20:7	fk6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	I have not refused him	1	This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “I have agreed to his demands”
1504	20:10	q6wd			May the gods do so to me and more also	1	This is an oath with great emphasis. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 19:2.
1505	20:10	b77w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	if even the ashes of Samaria will be enough for all the people who follow me to have a handful each	1	Ben Hadad is threatening that his army will totally destroy everything in Samaria.
1506	20:11	y7fk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	Tell Ben Hadad, ‘No one who is just putting on his armor … as if he were taking it off.’	1	This is an expression to give advice. “Putting on armor” is metonymy for getting prepared for battle. “Tell Ben Hadad, ‘Do not boast as if you have already won a battle that you have not yet fought.’” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1507	20:13	f4sp			Then behold	1	The word “behold” alerts us to the sudden appearance of a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
1508	20:13	up43		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Have you seen this great army?	1	Yahweh asks this question to emphasize the size and strength of Ben Hadad’s army. Alternate translation: “Look at this great army.”
1509	20:13	xw3c			Look, I will place it into your hand today	1	The word “Look” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
1510	20:13	ci7b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	place it into your hand	1	Here the word “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “give you victory over that army”
1511	20:14	ni9c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	By whom?	1	Ahab leaves out the words ‘will you do this’ Alternate translation: “By whom will you do this?”
1512	20:15	pgh1			Ahab mustered the young officers	1	Alternate translation: “Ahab assembled the young officers”
1513	20:15	ftl5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	all the soldiers, all the army of Israel	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis.
1514	20:15	w3bd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	seven thousand	1	“7,000”
1515	20:16	x62f			They went out	1	Here the word “They” refers to the Israelite army.
1516	20:16	ta31			thirty-two lesser kings	1	See how you translated this in 1 Kings 20:1.
1517	20:17	i5p4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Ben Hadad was informed by scouts that he had sent out	1	This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “Scouts that Ben Hadad had sent out informed him”
1518	20:17	ke29			scouts	1	A “scout” is a soldier sent to gather information about the enemy.
1519	20:18	l7k4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	Ben Hadad said	1	It is understood that Ben Hadad is speaking to his soldiers. Alternate translation: “Ben Hadad said to his soldiers”
1520	20:18	hqg6			Whether they have … take them	1	Here “they” and “them” refer to the Israelite army.
1521	20:19	t1j4			So the young officers … the army followed	1	Alternate translation: “The young Israelite officers … the Israelite army followed”
1522	20:20	e1jk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	Israel pursued them	1	“Israel” is synecdoche for all the soldiers of the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “the men of the army of Israel pursued them”
1523	20:21	k7xi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	the king of Israel went out and attacked	1	“The king” is synecdoche for the king and all the soldiers serving under him. Alternate translation: “The king of Israel and his soldiers went out and attacked”
1524	20:22	b52i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	strengthen yourself	1	“Yourself” represents by metonymy the army of the king. Alternate translation: “strengthen your forces”
1525	20:22	g9f7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	understand and plan	1	These two words mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. Alternate translation: “determine”
1526	20:22	u4ju			at the return of the year	1	This could mean: (1) “in the springtime of next year” or (2) “at this time next year.”
1527	20:23	kn8e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	let us fight … we will be stronger	1	The words “us” and “we” refer to the servants, the king, and the army all together.
1528	20:24	alj2			Remove all the kings from their positions of authority	1	Alternate translation: “You must remove the thirty-two kings who are leading your troops”
1529	20:26	ewh9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Aphek	1	This is the name of a city.
1530	20:26	h5fl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	to fight against Israel	1	“Israel” represents the army of Israel. Alternate translation: “to fight against the army of Israel”
1531	20:27	v3ff		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	The people of Israel were mustered and supplied	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Israelite army also gathered together, and the commanders gave the arms that they needed for the battle”
1532	20:27	jkv8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	like two little flocks of goats	1	This simile compares the Israelite army to two little flocks of goats. Alternate translation: “The Israelite army appeared to be small and weak like two flocks of goats”
1533	20:28	xgs1			a man of God	1	This is another title for a prophet. Alternate translation: “a prophet”
1534	20:28	xcf5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	place this great army into your hand	1	Here the word “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “give you victory over this great army”
1535	20:29	cwx6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	seven days	1	“7 days”
1536	20:29	g5mm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	100,000	1	“one hundred thousand”
1537	20:29	n4tu			footmen	1	A “footman” is a soldier who marches on foot.
1538	20:30	y5le		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	The rest fled to Aphek	1	The expression “the rest” assumes the words “of the Aramean soldiers.” Alternate translation: “The rest of the Aramean soldiers”
1539	20:30	b7gv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Aphek	1	This is the name of a town.
1540	20:30	wi1i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	twenty-seven thousand	1	“27,000”
1541	20:31	z4q2			Look now	1	This emphasizes what they will say. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention to what we are about to tell you”
1542	20:31	gwi2			put sackcloth around our waists and ropes around our heads	1	This was a sign of surrender.
1543	20:32	b34f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Is he still alive?	1	Ahab asks this question to express surprise. Alternate translation: “I am surprised that he is still alive!”
1544	20:32	ch6m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	He is my brother	1	“My brother” here is a metaphor for somebody who is a good friend. Alternate translation: “He is like a brother to me” or “He is like family”
1545	20:33	y94a			Now the men	1	The word “Now” does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
1546	20:33	e1y4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	for any sign from Ahab	1	“Sign” is metonymy for an action that gives a meaning. Alternate translation: “for any action from Ahab that would show them that Ahab wanted to be merciful”
1547	20:35	d6wp			one of the sons of the prophets	1	Alternate translation: “a member of the group of prophets”
1548	20:35	pr9y			the word of Yahweh	1	Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s message”
1549	20:36	dy4n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	you have not obeyed the voice of Yahweh	1	“The voice” is metonymy for what Yahweh commanded. Alternate translation: “you have not obeyed Yahweh”
1550	20:39	s9r6			Your servant went out	1	The prophet refers to himself in the third person as a sign of respect to the king.
1551	20:39	cn8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	into the heat of the battle	1	“Heat of the battle” here is an idiom to express the most intense and fierce fighting. Alternate translation: “to where the battle was most intense”
1552	20:39	t89k			your life will be given for his life	1	Alternate translation: “you will die in his place”
1553	20:39	n9m5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	a talent of silver	1	A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “33 kilograms of silver”
1554	20:40	q6ds		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	going here and there	1	This is an idiom to represent being very busy and preoccupied. Alternate translation: “doing other things” or “doing this and that”
1555	20:42	f7yg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	let go from your hand	1	Here the word “hand” is metonymy for power. Alternate translation: “released” or “spared the life of”
1556	20:42	m59l			your life will take the place of his life, and your people for his people	1	Alternate translation: “you will die in his place, and your people will die in the place of his people”
1557	21:intro	abcl				0	1 Kings 21 General Notes Structure and formatting The story of Elijah continues in this chapter. Special concepts in this chapter God hates oppression but is forgiving to people who are sorry for their sins. Ahab wanted Naboth’s vineyard to make into a garden for his palace, but Naboth refused to sell it. So the queen, Ahab’s wife, told the civic leaders of Naboth’s town to falsely accuse him and execute him. Elijah told Ahab that he would be killed in Naboth’s vineyard and all his family destroyed. Ahab repented and showed he was very sorry for what he did, so God said it would not happen to Ahab himself but to his son. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]], [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
1558	21:1	j692		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	Now some time later	1	This phrase marks the beginning of a new part of the story and indicates that these events happened later, not that Naboth owned the vineyard later. If your language has a way marking the beginning of a new part of a story, you could consider using it here. Alternate translation: “Now this is what happened later”
1559	21:1	d4gf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Naboth the Jezreelite	1	This is the name of a man from Jezreel.
1560	21:1	pe6g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	king of Samaria	1	“Samaria” was the capital city of the kingdom of Israel and here represents the entire nation. Alternate translation: “king of Israel”
1561	21:3	p9pb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	May Yahweh forbid that I should give	1	This phrase is an oath that emphasizes that what follows will not happen. Alternate translation: “Because Yahweh forbids it, I will never give”
1562	21:3	sg9u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	give the inheritance of my ancestors to you	1	The land that his ancestors received as a permanent possession is spoken of as if it were an inheritance. Alternate translation: “give to you the land that my ancestors received as an inheritance”
1563	21:5	ib4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	Why is your heart so sad	1	Here “heart” refers to the entire person and his emotions. Alternate translation: “Why are you so sad”
1564	21:7	k6fd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Do you not still rule the kingdom of Israel?	1	Jezebel uses this negative rhetorical question to rebuke Ahab. It can be translated as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “You still rule the kingdom of Israel!”
1565	21:7	u9rk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	let your heart be happy	1	Here “heart” refers to the entire person and his emotions. Alternate translation: “be happy” or “cheer up”
1566	21:8	m5ey		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	wrote letters in Ahab’s name	1	This could mean: (1) she wrote Ahab’s name on the letters. Alternate translation: “wrote letters and signed them with Ahab’s name” or (2) the word “name” is a metonym for authority. Alternate translation: “wrote letters on behalf of Ahab”
1567	21:8	ltl3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	the wealthy who sat with him	1	The word “wealthy” refers to wealthy people. Alternate translation: “the wealthy people who sat with Naboth”
1568	21:9	p5n4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	seat Naboth above the people	1	Having Naboth sit in a place of honor is spoken of as if it were having him sit above the rest of the people who were present. Alternate translation: “have Naboth sit in a place of honor among the people”
1569	21:10	l62b			let them testify against him	1	Alternate translation: “have them accuse him”
1570	21:11	c93g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	the wealthy who lived in Naboth’s city	1	The word “wealthy” refers to wealthy people. Alternate translation: “the wealthy people who lived in Naboth’s city”
1571	21:11	r1kv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	as was written in the letters	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as she had written in the letters”
1572	21:12	c24d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	seated Naboth above the people	1	Having Naboth sit in a place of honor is spoken of as if it were having him sit above the rest of the people who were present. See how you translated this idea in 1 Kings 21:9. Alternate translation: “had Naboth sit in a place of honor among the people”
1573	21:13	xj2k			sat before Naboth	1	Alternate translation: “sat in front of Naboth”
1574	21:13	zia2			they carried him out	1	Here the word “they” refers to the people of the city.
1575	21:14	cm8q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Naboth has been stoned and is dead	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We have stoned Naboth and he is dead”
1576	21:15	bnj9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	that Naboth had been stoned and was dead	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the people had stoned Naboth and he was dead”
1577	21:15	m7br		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	Naboth is not alive, but dead.	1	These two phrases mean the same thing and emphasize Jezebel’s statement. Alternate translation: “Naboth is dead!”
1578	21:17	t1mb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	the word of Yahweh came	1	This idiom means that Yahweh spoke or has sent a message. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 6:11. Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke”
1579	21:19	rh87		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Have you killed and also taken possession?	1	Yahweh asks this question to scold Ahab. Alternate translation: “You have killed Naboth and stolen his vineyard!”
1580	21:19	w2qz			your blood, yes, your blood	1	This is repeated for emphasis.
1581	21:20	lpq5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Have you found me, my enemy?	1	Ahab uses this question to express anger toward Elijah. That Elijah “found” Ahab likely refers to Elijah discovering Ahab’s actions, not to finding his physical location. Alternate translation: “You have found me, my enemy!” or “You have discovered what I have done, my enemy!” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1582	21:20	sx2z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	you have sold yourself to do what is evil	1	A person being committed to doing what is evil is spoken of as if that person had sold himself to evil. Alternate translation: “you have dedicated yourself to doing what is evil”
1583	21:20	wi8j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	what is evil in the sight of Yahweh	1	The phrase, “in the sight of” refers to someone’s opinion. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 11:6. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh considers to be evil”
1584	21:21	f2w5			See	1	Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
1585	21:21	clc4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	completely consume and cut off from you every male child and slave and free man in Israel	1	Yahweh speaks of destroying Ahab’s family and preventing him from having any decedents as if he were consuming these people like a fire would consume them, and cutting them off as one would cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “destroy every one of your male children in Israel, whether slave or free”
1586	21:22	d8kb			I will make your family like the family of Jeroboam … and like the family of Baasha	1	Yahweh will destroy Ahab’s family like he destroyed the families of Jeroboam and Baasha.
1587	21:24	rcg1			Anyone who belongs to Ahab	1	Alternate translation: “Anyone who belongs to Ahab’s family”
1588	21:25	m85z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	who sold himself to do what was evil	1	A person being committed to doing what is evil is spoken of as if that person had sold himself to evil. See how you translated this idea in 1 Kings 21:20. Alternate translation: “who dedicated himself to doing what was evil”
1589	21:25	rh8u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	what was evil in the sight of Yahweh	1	The phrase, “in the sight of” refers to someone’s opinion. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 11:6. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh considers to be evil”
1590	21:26	cz5w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	removed before the people of Israel	1	Here “Israel” refers to all twelve tribes of Israel and not just to the northern kingdom. Alternate translation: “removed from the presence of the people of Israel” or “drove out of the land before the people of Israel”
1591	21:28	lq1t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	the word of Yahweh came	1	This idiom means that Yahweh spoke or has sent a message. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 6:11. Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke”
1592	21:29	hf8k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Do you see how Ahab humbles himself before me?	1	God uses this question to show Elijah that Ahab’s sorrow is genuine. Alternate translation: “I have seen how Ahab humbles himself before me.” or “Look at how Ahab humbles himself before me.”
1593	21:29	cf9j			in his days … in his son’s day	1	Alternate translation: “during his lifetime … during his son’s lifetime”
1594	22:intro	abcm				0	1 Kings 22 General Notes Structure and formatting This is the end of the story of Ahab and a continuation of the story of Elijah as he had predicted Ahab’s death and the dogs licking his blood. Special concepts in this chapter When God has decided a person will die, then they cannot avoid death. Ahab persuaded Jehoshaphat, king of Judah to help him in a battle against the army of Aram. Ahab’s false prophets all told him to go because he would be successful. But a randomly shot arrow hit him and he bled to death. They washed his chariot at the pool and the dogs licked up his blood, just as Elijah had said they would. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “However, the shrines were still not taken away. The people were still sacrificing and burning incense at the shrines.” At the shrines, the people worshiped Yahweh. But later, during Hezekiah’s reign it was decided that all sacrifices must be made only at the temple. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
1595	22:1	hhf8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	Three years	1	“3 years”
1596	22:2	d41e			it came about that	1	This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1597	22:3	nn96		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Do you know that Ramoth Gilead is ours, but that we are doing nothing to take it from the hand of the king of Aram?	1	Ahab asks this question to emphasize that they should have already recaptured Ramoth Gilead. Alternate translation: “Ramoth Gilead is ours, but we have done nothing yet to take it from the hand of the king of Aram.”
1598	22:3	dn17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	to take it from the hand of the king of Aram	1	Here the word “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “to take it from the control of the king of Aram”
1599	22:4	wr99		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	I am like you, my people are like your people, and my horses are like your horses	1	Jehoshaphat tells Ahab that he, his people, and his horses belong to Ahab, meaning that Ahab can command them as he pleases. Alternate translation: “I, my soldiers, and my horses are yours to use in any way you want”
1600	22:6	jtc3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	four hundred men	1	“400 men”
1601	22:6	z1lr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	for the Lord will give it into the hand of the king	1	Here the word “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “for the Lord will allow the king to capture Ramoth Gilead”
1602	22:8	ryn8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	May the king not say that	1	Jehoshaphat refers to Ahab in the third person to show respect for him. Alternate translation: “You should not say that”
1603	22:11	q3wp			made himself horns of iron	1	Alternate translation: “made iron horns for himself”
1604	22:11	z3iy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	With these you will push the Arameans until they are consumed	1	The prophet’s actions are a symbolic metaphor that illustrates the way that Ahab would defeat the Arameans. Ahab’s army will win with great strength, as a bull attacks another animal. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1605	22:11	lyv3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	until they are consumed	1	Destroying an enemy army is spoken of as if it were consuming them. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until you consume them” or “until you destroy them” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1606	22:12	yq7h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	given it into the hand of the king	1	Here the word “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “allowed the king to capture it”
1607	22:13	n4rn			Now look	1	Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
1608	22:13	p99w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	the words of the prophets declare good things to the king with one mouth	1	The prophets all saying the same thing is spoken of as if they all spoke with the same mouth. Alternate translation: “the prophets all declare the same good things to the king”
1609	22:13	mzz9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	let your word be like one of them	1	Here the word “them” refers to “the words of the prophets.” Alternate translation: “let what you say agree with what they have said”
1610	22:15	f1wd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	should we go	1	The word “we” refers to Ahab, Jehoshaphat, and their armies but not to Micaiah.
1611	22:15	qtv9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	will give it into the hand of the king	1	Here the word “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “will allow the king to capture it”
1612	22:16	pk5t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	How many times must I require … in the name of Yahweh?	1	Ahab asks this question out of frustration to rebuke Micaiah. Alternate translation: “Many times I have required … in the name of Yahweh.”
1613	22:16	mg9p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	in the name of Yahweh	1	Here the word “name” refers to authority. Alternate translation: “as the representative of Yahweh”
1614	22:17	c1di		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	I saw all Israel	1	Here “all Israel” refers to the army of Israel. Alternate translation: “I saw the entire army of Israel”
1615	22:17	wa5p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	like sheep who have no shepherd	1	The people of the army are compared to sheep that have no one to lead them because their shepherd, the king, has died.
1616	22:17	ql8m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	These have no shepherd	1	Yahweh speaks of the king as if he were a shepherd. Just like a shepherd is responsible to care for and protect his sheep, the king is responsible to lead and protect his people. Alternate translation: “These people no longer have a leader”
1617	22:18	h4mu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Did I not tell you … but only disaster?	1	Ahab asks this question to emphasize that he had spoken the truth about Micaiah. Alternate translation: “I told you … but only disaster!”
1618	22:20	q5js		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	fall at Ramoth Gilead	1	Ahab dying in battle is spoken of as if he will fall. Alternate translation: “die at Ramoth Gilead” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1619	22:20	zk2g			One of them said … and another one said	1	“One … and another” refers to two or more angels in the heavenly host who were responding to Yahweh’s question in the previous verse.
1620	22:22	q6fy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	be a lying spirit in the mouth of all his prophets	1	Here the word “spirit” refers to the attitudes of the prophets and the words “the mouth” represents what they will say. Alternate translation: “cause all his prophets to speak lies”
1621	22:23	i9ww			see	1	Alternate translation: “pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important”
1622	22:23	ty8p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	has put a lying spirit in the mouth of all these prophets of yours	1	Here the word “spirit” refers to the attitudes of the prophets and the words “the mouth” represents what they will say. Alternate translation: “has caused all of your prophets to speak lies”
1623	22:24	d3pl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Which way did the Spirit of Yahweh take to go from me to speak to you?	1	Zedekiah asks this sarcastic question to insult and rebuke Micaiah. Alternate translation: “Do not think that Yahweh’s Spirit left me to speak to you!”
1624	22:25	v6m5			Look	1	Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
1625	22:25	y5wf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	you will see	1	“you will know the answer to your question.” If Zedekiah’s rhetorical question is translated as a statement, this phrase may be translated to supply implicit information. Alternate translation: “you will know that the Spirit of Yahweh has spoken to me”
1626	22:28	jk7j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	If you return safely	1	This describes something that would not happen. Yahweh had already told Micaiah that the king would not return safely.
1627	22:29	riq8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	Ahab, the king of Israel, and Jehoshaphat, the king of Judah, went up	1	Here the kings represent themselves accompanied by their armies. Alternate translation: “Ahab, the king of Israel, and Jehoshaphat, the king of Judah led their armies up”
1628	22:30	r8ev			disguise	1	This means to change the usual appearance so as not to be identified.
1629	22:31	whp5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	thirty-two captains	1	“32 captains”
1630	22:31	faj9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	Do not attack unimportant or important soldiers	1	By mentioning both “unimportant” and “important soldiers,” the king meant all soldiers. Alternate translation: “Do not attack any of the soldiers”
1631	22:32	bl44			It came about that	1	This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1632	22:34	zl68			drew his bow at random	1	This could mean: (1) he took aim to shoot a soldier without knowing that it was Ahab or (2) he drew his bow to shoot without any specific target in mind.
1633	22:35	yt1g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	the king was held up in his chariot	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone held the king up in his chariot”
1634	22:36	q7gs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	a cry went up	1	Here “a cry” represents the soldiers who were shouting. Alternate translation: “soldiers began to shout”
1635	22:36	n2pr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	Every man should go back to his city; and every man should go back to his region	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis.
1636	22:37	kt8t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	was brought to Samaria	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his soldiers brought his body to Samaria”
1637	22:37	g7u2			they buried him	1	Alternate translation: “people buried him”
1638	22:38	hl13		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	just as the word of Yahweh had declared	1	Here “the word of Yahweh” represents Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “just as Yahweh had declared”
1639	22:39	wgg6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel?	1	This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 15:31. Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” or “you can read them in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1640	22:40	qin8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	slept with his ancestors	1	Ahab dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 2:10. Alternate translation: “died” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1641	22:42	da6s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	thirty-five years old	1	“35 years old”
1642	22:42	b42y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	twenty-five years	1	“25 years”
1643	22:43	v7ye		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	He walked in the ways of Asa, his father	1	A person’s behavior is spoken of as if that person walked along a path. Alternate translation: “He did the same things that Asa, his father, had done”
1644	22:43	k4je		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	what was right in the eyes of Yahweh	1	Here “eyes” represents seeing and Yahweh’s opinion is spoken of as if he were able to see something. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh considered to be right”
1645	22:43	ru9s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	the high places were not taken away	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he did not take away the high places”
1646	22:45	e4af		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah?	1	This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 14:29. Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah.” or “you can read them in the book of the events of the kings of Judah.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1647	22:48	m82h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	the ships were wrecked	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ships wrecked”
1648	22:50	l7pf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	slept with his ancestors	1	Jehoshaphat dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. See how you translated this in 1 Kings 2:10. Alternate translation: “died” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1649	22:50	xx4m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	was buried with them	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people buried him”
1650	22:51	kle7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	he reigned two years	1	“he reigned 2 years”
1651	22:52	t21s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	what was evil in the sight of Yahweh	1	Yahweh’s opinion regarding something is spoken of as if Yahweh were seeing that thing. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh considered to be evil”
1652	22:52	l67z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	walked in the way of his father, in the way of his mother, and in the way of Jeroboam son of Nebat	1	A person’s behavior is spoken of as if that person were walking along a path. Alternate translation: “did the same things that his father, mother, and Jeroboam son of Nebat had done”
1653	22:52	r34u			led Israel to sin	1	Here the word “Israel” refers to the ten northern tribes that made up the kingdom of Israel.
1654	22:53	als8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	He served Baal and worshiped him	1	The words “served” and “worshiped” mean basically the same thing.
1655	22:53	j7lm			the God of Israel	1	Here the word “Israel” refers to all of the twelve tribes descended from Jacob.